1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1069 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1091 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde->stack_realign
1115 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1125 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1126 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132 else if (sreg == reg)
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1220 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1241 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1242 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1254 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1258 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260 code = GET_CODE (src);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266 offset = -cur_args_size;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset - cur_offset;
1273 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1274 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1291 code = GET_CODE (src);
1297 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1303 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1319 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1345 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1355 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1363 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1364 cur_args_size, offset);
1369 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1373 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1376 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1381 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size += offset;
1391 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1396 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1400 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1408 return cur_args_size;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1421 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1422 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 insn = get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1437 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1438 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1439 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1451 if (insn == first_insn)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body = PATTERN (insn);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1470 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1475 dest_args_size, &next);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1479 cur_args_size, &next);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size, &next);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1517 if (size == old_args_size)
1520 old_args_size = size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1534 cfa.offset += offset;
1536 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1537 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size += offset;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1590 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1592 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1615 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1620 offset -= args_size;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1626 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1634 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1654 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1690 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1695 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1696 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1697 queued_reg_saves = q;
1701 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1702 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704 last_reg_save_label = label;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1717 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1733 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1741 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1742 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1761 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1775 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1789 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1790 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1803 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1806 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1830 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1831 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1854 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1855 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1861 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1871 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1883 rtx src, addr, span;
1885 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1886 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1888 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = -cfa.offset;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1899 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1905 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1922 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1928 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1939 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1942 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1945 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2166 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2168 rtx src, dest, span;
2169 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2172 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2173 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2174 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2175 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2176 flag is set in them. */
2177 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2180 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2183 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2184 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2185 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2186 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2187 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2188 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2189 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2191 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2192 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2193 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2194 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2195 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2198 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2200 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2201 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2202 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2203 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2204 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2205 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2207 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2209 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2210 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2211 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2214 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2220 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2222 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2223 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2227 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2232 fde = current_fde ();
2234 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2237 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2239 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2241 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2244 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2245 relative to the current CFA register.
2247 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2248 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2249 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2250 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2251 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2252 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2257 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2258 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2259 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2260 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2261 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2263 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2264 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2265 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2266 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2268 && fde->stack_realign
2269 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2270 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2271 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2272 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2274 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2281 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2285 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2288 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2291 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2293 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2299 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2301 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2302 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2303 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2305 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2306 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2309 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2311 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2313 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2314 cfa.offset += offset;
2315 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2316 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2318 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2321 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2322 or adjusting the FP */
2323 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2325 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2326 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2327 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2328 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2329 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2331 cfa.offset += offset;
2332 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2336 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2339 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2340 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2341 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2343 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2344 into the FP later on. */
2345 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2346 cfa.offset += offset;
2347 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2348 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2349 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2350 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2354 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2355 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2356 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2358 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2359 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2360 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2361 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2362 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2366 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2370 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2379 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2380 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2385 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2386 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2387 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2389 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2390 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2391 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2394 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2395 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2402 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2403 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2404 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2409 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2410 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2412 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2414 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2415 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2416 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2417 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2419 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2420 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2421 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2429 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2434 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2436 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2441 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2442 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2444 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2446 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2447 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2449 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2450 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2451 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2453 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2459 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2460 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2463 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2464 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2465 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2467 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2469 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2470 reference to represent the address of the stored
2473 && fde->stack_realign
2474 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2476 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2477 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2480 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2481 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2483 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2487 /* With an offset. */
2494 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2495 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2496 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2497 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2500 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2502 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2503 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2506 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2507 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2513 /* Without an offset. */
2516 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2518 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2519 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2522 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2523 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2530 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2531 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2532 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2533 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2541 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2542 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2543 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2547 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2548 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2551 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2553 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2556 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2557 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2558 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2559 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2562 && fde->stack_realign
2563 && cfa.indirect == 0
2564 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2566 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2568 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2570 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2571 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2572 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2575 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2577 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2581 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2582 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2584 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2585 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2590 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2591 calculate the CFA. */
2592 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2596 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2598 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2599 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2601 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2606 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2611 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2614 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2615 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2619 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2621 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2623 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2624 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2626 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2628 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2629 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2640 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2641 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2642 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2644 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2645 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2648 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2652 bool handled_one = false;
2654 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2658 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2659 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2661 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2664 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2666 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2669 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2671 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2673 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2674 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2676 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2678 if (barrier_args_size)
2680 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2681 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2686 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2687 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2689 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2691 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2692 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2693 is still used to save registers. */
2694 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2695 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2699 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2701 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2702 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2704 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2705 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2708 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2709 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2713 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2718 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2719 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2725 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2728 n = single_set (insn);
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2733 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2739 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2751 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2754 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2758 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2762 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2765 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2767 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2779 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2781 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2784 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2785 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2786 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2787 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2790 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2792 bool saw_frp = false;
2795 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2796 frame related insns. */
2797 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2802 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2803 if (returnjump_p (i))
2805 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2808 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2811 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2813 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2815 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2816 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2819 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2820 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2824 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2828 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2829 save/restore pair. */
2833 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2834 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2835 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2836 i = next_real_insn (i);
2840 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2841 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2842 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2843 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2846 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2849 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2853 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2855 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2857 /* And emulate the state save. */
2858 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2860 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2863 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2866 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2868 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2869 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2871 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2872 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2874 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2876 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2881 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2882 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2883 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2885 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2886 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2891 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2892 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2893 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2896 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2897 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2900 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2901 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2904 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2905 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2908 case DW_CFA_restore:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2910 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2911 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2913 case DW_CFA_register:
2914 case DW_CFA_expression:
2915 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2918 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2923 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2930 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2931 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2932 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2934 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2935 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2939 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2942 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2946 case DW_CFA_register:
2947 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2949 case DW_CFA_expression:
2950 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2957 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2959 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2960 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2961 for collect2 the first time around. */
2964 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2968 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2969 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2973 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2979 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2981 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2983 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2985 flags = ((! flag_pic
2986 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2987 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2988 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2992 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2995 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2996 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3000 if (eh_frame_section)
3001 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3004 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3005 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3006 switch_to_section (data_section);
3010 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3011 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3012 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3013 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3019 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3023 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3026 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3029 if (!debug_frame_section)
3030 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3031 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3032 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3036 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3039 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3044 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3046 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3047 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3048 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3049 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3050 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3052 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3054 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
3055 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3058 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3060 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3067 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3069 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3071 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3074 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3075 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3078 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3079 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3080 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3083 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3084 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3085 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3086 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3089 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3090 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3091 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3092 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3095 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3096 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3097 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3101 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3102 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3103 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3107 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3108 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3110 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3114 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3115 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3120 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3121 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3122 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3123 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3127 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3128 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3129 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3130 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3134 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3135 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3136 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3138 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3142 case DW_CFA_register:
3143 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3149 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3150 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3154 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3155 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3159 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3163 case DW_CFA_expression:
3164 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3168 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3177 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3180 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3182 unsigned long r, r2;
3184 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3186 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3190 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3191 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3192 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3193 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3194 going to take care of this for us. */
3198 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3200 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3201 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3202 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3205 case DW_CFA_restore:
3206 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3207 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3208 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3211 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3212 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3213 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3216 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3217 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3218 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3221 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3223 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3225 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3228 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3229 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3230 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3233 case DW_CFA_register:
3234 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3235 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3239 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3241 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3242 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3243 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3246 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3247 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3249 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3250 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3253 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3254 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3257 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3258 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3262 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3263 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3266 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3267 case DW_CFA_expression:
3268 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3269 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3270 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3278 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3279 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3281 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3282 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3283 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3284 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3287 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3289 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3291 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3292 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3293 unsigned int len, idx;
3295 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3296 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3298 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3302 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3303 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3304 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3306 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3308 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3310 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3311 .cfi_restore_state. */
3312 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3313 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3315 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3318 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3325 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3329 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3330 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3332 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3335 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3337 case DW_CFA_restore:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3339 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3340 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3341 case DW_CFA_register:
3342 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3344 case DW_CFA_expression:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3346 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3347 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3348 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3349 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3350 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3352 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3356 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3358 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3363 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3366 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3368 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3369 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3371 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3373 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3374 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3377 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3379 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3382 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3384 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3386 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3388 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3389 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3390 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3392 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3393 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3394 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3398 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3399 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3406 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3407 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3411 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3413 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3416 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3418 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3421 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3423 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3425 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3428 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3431 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3432 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3434 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3441 /* Output one FDE. */
3444 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3445 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3446 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3448 const char *begin, *end;
3449 static unsigned int j;
3450 char l1[20], l2[20];
3453 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3455 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3457 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3460 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3461 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3462 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3464 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3467 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3469 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3470 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3472 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3474 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3475 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3479 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3480 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3481 might be separated from the real start of the
3482 function by alignment padding. */
3484 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3485 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3489 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3490 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3497 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3498 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3499 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3500 "FDE initial location");
3501 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3502 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3506 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3510 if (augmentation[0])
3512 if (any_lsda_needed)
3514 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3516 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3518 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3519 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3520 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3521 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3522 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3525 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3528 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3530 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3533 fde->funcdef_number);
3534 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3535 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3537 "Language Specific Data Area");
3541 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3542 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3543 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3544 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3548 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3551 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3553 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3554 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3555 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3556 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3559 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3560 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3562 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3563 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3569 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3571 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3573 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3574 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3575 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3578 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3579 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3582 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3583 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3584 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3585 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3586 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3588 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3589 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3590 switch *back* into the table section. */
3591 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3592 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3593 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3596 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3597 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3598 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3604 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3605 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3606 location of saved registers. */
3609 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3614 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3615 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3616 char augmentation[6];
3617 int augmentation_size;
3618 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3619 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622 rtx personality = NULL;
3625 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3626 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3629 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3630 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3633 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3634 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3635 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3636 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3637 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3638 specialization doesn't. */
3639 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3640 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3643 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3644 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3645 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3646 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3647 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3648 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3650 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3651 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3652 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3653 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3656 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3658 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3659 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3660 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3661 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3662 any_eh_needed = true;
3663 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3664 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3665 any_eh_needed = true;
3667 if (! any_eh_needed)
3671 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3675 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3676 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3678 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3679 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3681 /* Output the CIE. */
3682 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3684 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3685 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3686 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3687 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3688 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3689 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3691 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3692 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3693 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3694 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3695 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3697 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3698 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3699 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3700 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3702 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3704 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3706 augmentation[0] = 0;
3707 augmentation_size = 0;
3709 personality = current_unit_personality;
3715 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3716 augmentation section.
3717 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3718 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3719 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3721 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3722 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3724 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3725 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3726 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3728 p = augmentation + 1;
3732 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3733 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3735 if (any_lsda_needed)
3738 augmentation_size += 1;
3740 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3743 augmentation_size += 1;
3745 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3747 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3751 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3752 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3754 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3756 + 1 /* CIE version */
3757 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3758 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3759 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3761 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3762 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3763 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3765 augmentation_size += pad;
3767 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3768 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3769 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3773 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3774 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3775 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3776 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3778 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3783 if (augmentation[0])
3785 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3789 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3790 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3795 if (any_lsda_needed)
3796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3797 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3799 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3801 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3804 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3805 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3807 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3808 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3809 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3810 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3812 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3813 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3816 fde = &fde_table[i];
3818 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3819 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3820 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3821 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3822 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3825 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3826 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3827 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3830 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3831 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3832 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3833 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3834 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3835 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3838 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3843 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3846 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3850 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3852 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3856 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3859 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3860 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3861 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3862 of the weirder relocation types. */
3863 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3864 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3866 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc);
3867 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3868 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3871 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3875 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3877 current_function_funcdef_no);
3878 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3879 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3881 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3882 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3884 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc);
3885 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3886 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3890 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3894 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3895 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3897 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3902 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3904 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3905 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3906 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3908 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3909 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3912 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3916 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3917 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3918 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3919 current_function_funcdef_no);
3920 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3921 current_function_funcdef_no);
3922 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3923 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3925 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3926 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3927 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3931 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3932 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3934 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3935 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3936 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3937 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3940 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3941 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3943 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3944 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3945 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3946 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3947 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3948 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3949 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3950 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3951 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3952 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3953 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3954 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3955 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3956 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3957 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3958 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3959 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3960 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3961 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3962 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3963 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3965 section *unlikelysec;
3966 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3967 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3970 = (fnsec == text_section
3971 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3972 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3973 fde->cold_in_std_section
3974 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3975 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3980 = (fnsec == text_section
3981 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3982 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3985 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3987 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3988 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3989 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3991 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3994 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3995 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
3998 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3999 if (!current_unit_personality)
4000 current_unit_personality = personality;
4002 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4003 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4004 function anymore. */
4006 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4007 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4008 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4012 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4013 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4017 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4018 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4021 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4023 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4024 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4027 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4028 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4030 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4033 current_function_funcdef_no);
4034 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4035 fde = current_fde ();
4036 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4037 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4041 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4043 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4044 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4045 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4046 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4048 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4049 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4051 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4052 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4054 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4055 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4056 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4061 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4063 /* Output call frame information. */
4064 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4065 output_call_frame_info (0);
4067 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4068 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4069 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4070 output_call_frame_info (1);
4074 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4077 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4079 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4080 if (sec == text_section)
4081 text_section_used = true;
4082 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4083 cold_text_section_used = true;
4087 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4089 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4091 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4093 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4094 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4096 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4097 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4098 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4099 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4100 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4102 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4103 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4104 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4106 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4107 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4108 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4110 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4111 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4113 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4114 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4116 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4118 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4119 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4121 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4125 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4127 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4129 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4130 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4131 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4136 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4137 for emitting location expressions. */
4139 /* Data about a single source file. */
4140 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4141 const char * filename;
4145 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4146 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4147 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4148 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4149 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4151 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4155 } deferred_locations;
4157 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4158 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4160 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4162 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4163 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4165 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4166 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4167 implementation are listed below. */
4172 dw_val_class_offset,
4174 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4175 dw_val_class_range_list,
4177 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4178 dw_val_class_const_double,
4181 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4182 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4183 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4184 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4186 dw_val_class_macptr,
4191 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4193 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4194 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4200 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4201 represented internally. */
4203 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4204 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4205 union dw_val_struct_union
4207 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4208 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4209 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4210 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4211 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4212 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4213 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4214 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4215 struct dw_val_die_union
4219 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4220 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4221 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4222 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4223 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4224 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4225 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4227 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4231 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4234 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4235 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4236 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4237 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4238 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4239 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4241 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4242 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4246 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4247 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4248 their entire life. */
4249 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4250 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4251 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4252 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4253 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4254 Only on head of list */
4255 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4256 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4259 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4261 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4263 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4266 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4271 return "DW_OP_addr";
4273 return "DW_OP_deref";
4275 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4277 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4279 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4281 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4283 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4291 return "DW_OP_constu";
4293 return "DW_OP_consts";
4297 return "DW_OP_drop";
4299 return "DW_OP_over";
4301 return "DW_OP_pick";
4303 return "DW_OP_swap";
4307 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4315 return "DW_OP_minus";
4327 return "DW_OP_plus";
4328 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4329 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4335 return "DW_OP_shra";
4353 return "DW_OP_skip";
4355 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4357 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4359 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4419 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4421 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4423 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4483 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4485 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4487 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4547 return "DW_OP_regx";
4549 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4551 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4553 return "DW_OP_piece";
4554 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4555 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4556 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4557 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4561 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4562 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4564 return "DW_OP_call2";
4566 return "DW_OP_call4";
4567 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4568 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4569 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4570 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4571 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4572 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4573 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4574 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4575 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4577 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4578 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4580 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4581 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4582 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4583 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4584 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4585 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4588 return "OP_<unknown>";
4592 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4593 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4594 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4596 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4597 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4598 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4600 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4602 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4603 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4604 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4605 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4606 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4611 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4614 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4615 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4618 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4621 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4624 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4627 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4629 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4631 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4632 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4638 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4641 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4643 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4646 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4651 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4652 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4656 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4657 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4658 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4659 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4660 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4662 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4663 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4665 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4666 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4669 else if (offset > 0)
4670 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4674 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4675 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4679 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4680 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4683 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4686 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4687 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4691 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4693 static unsigned long
4694 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4696 unsigned long size = 1;
4698 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4701 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4720 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4723 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4728 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4729 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4767 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4770 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4773 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4776 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4777 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4780 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4782 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4783 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4792 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4793 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4795 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4796 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4797 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4806 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4808 static unsigned long
4809 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4814 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4815 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4816 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4818 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4820 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4825 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4827 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4828 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4834 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4835 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4838 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4841 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4843 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4844 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4846 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4848 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4851 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4855 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4859 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4860 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4867 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4868 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4870 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4873 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4874 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4875 switch (val2->val_class)
4877 case dw_val_class_const:
4878 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4880 case dw_val_class_vec:
4882 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4883 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4887 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4892 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4895 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4896 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4899 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4901 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4903 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4905 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4906 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4910 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4911 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4913 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4919 case dw_val_class_addr:
4920 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4921 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4936 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4937 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4938 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4939 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4940 only doing unwinding. */
4945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4951 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4957 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4991 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4994 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4997 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5000 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5001 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5004 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5006 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5007 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5008 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5014 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5016 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5019 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5026 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5027 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5035 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5040 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5043 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5045 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5047 /* Output the opcode. */
5048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5049 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5051 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5052 output_loc_operands (loc);
5056 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5057 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5060 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5062 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5063 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5065 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5068 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5069 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5075 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5076 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5077 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5078 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5083 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5084 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5089 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5090 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5095 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5096 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5097 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5105 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5106 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5108 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5109 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5114 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5117 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5155 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5156 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5160 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5161 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5162 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5163 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5167 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5173 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5177 /* Output the opcode. */
5178 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5179 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5181 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5183 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5185 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5189 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5190 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5193 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5195 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5198 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5201 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5204 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5206 /* Output the size of the block. */
5207 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5208 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5210 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5211 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5214 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5217 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5219 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5222 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5224 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5225 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5228 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5230 /* Output the size of the block. */
5231 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5233 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5235 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5236 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5239 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5240 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5243 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5244 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5246 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5248 offset += cfa->offset;
5252 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5253 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5254 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5255 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5258 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5259 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5263 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5268 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5269 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5272 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5273 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5275 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5276 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5277 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5279 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5280 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5283 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5284 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5285 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5288 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5293 descriptor sequence. */
5296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5300 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5304 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5306 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5342 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5345 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5379 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5380 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5383 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5384 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5390 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403 /* .debug_str support. */
5404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5408 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5409 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5414 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5415 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5416 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5417 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5418 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5421 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5422 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5423 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5424 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5425 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5426 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5427 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5428 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5430 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5432 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5436 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5439 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5440 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5441 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5442 dwarf2out_end_block,
5443 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5444 dwarf2out_source_line,
5445 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5446 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5447 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5448 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5449 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5450 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
5451 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5452 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5453 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5454 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5455 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5456 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5457 something tries to reference them. */
5458 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5459 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5460 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5461 dwarf2out_var_location,
5462 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5463 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5464 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5465 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5466 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5468 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5472 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5473 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5474 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5476 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5477 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5478 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5479 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5481 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5482 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5484 typedef long int dw_offset;
5486 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5488 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5489 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5490 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5491 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5492 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5493 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5494 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5496 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5497 line number associated with the label generated for that
5498 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5499 the line number entry. */
5501 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5502 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5503 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5507 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5509 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5510 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5511 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5512 unsigned long function;
5514 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5516 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5517 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5518 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5520 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5521 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5522 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5526 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5527 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5529 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5530 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5531 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5533 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5534 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5535 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5537 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5538 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5540 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5541 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5542 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5543 dw_die_ref die_child;
5545 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5546 dw_offset die_offset;
5547 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5549 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5550 int die_perennial_p;
5551 unsigned int decl_id;
5555 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5556 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5557 c = die->die_child; \
5561 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5564 /* The pubname structure */
5566 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5572 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5573 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5575 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5576 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5577 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5581 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5586 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5587 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5589 dw_die_ref root_die;
5590 dw_die_ref type_die;
5591 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5592 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5596 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5597 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5600 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5604 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5608 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5610 skeleton_chain_node;
5612 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5613 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5614 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5617 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5618 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5620 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5621 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5622 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5623 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5624 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5625 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5627 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5628 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5629 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5630 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5631 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5632 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5633 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5634 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5635 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5636 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5638 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5639 language, and compiler version. */
5641 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5642 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5643 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5645 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5646 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5647 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5648 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5650 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5651 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5653 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5654 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5655 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5656 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5657 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5659 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5660 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5661 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5662 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5663 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5664 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5666 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5667 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5668 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5669 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5671 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5675 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5676 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5677 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5679 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5680 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5682 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5685 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5686 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5687 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5688 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5689 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5691 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5692 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5693 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5694 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5697 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5698 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5700 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5701 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5703 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5704 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5706 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5707 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5709 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5711 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5712 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5714 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5715 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5716 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5718 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5719 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5720 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5722 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5727 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5728 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5730 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5731 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5732 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5733 const char * GTY (()) label;
5734 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
5735 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5738 /* Variable location list. */
5739 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5740 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5742 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5743 it is marked through the chain. */
5744 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5746 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5747 unsigned int decl_id;
5749 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5752 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5753 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5755 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5756 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5757 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5758 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5759 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5761 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5762 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5764 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5765 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5767 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5768 abbrev_die_table. */
5769 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5771 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5772 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5773 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5774 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5776 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5777 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5779 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5780 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5782 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5783 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5784 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5785 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5787 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5788 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5790 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5791 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5793 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5795 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5797 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5798 accessible names. */
5799 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5801 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5802 accessible types. */
5803 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5805 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5806 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5808 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5809 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5811 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5812 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5814 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5816 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5818 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5819 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5821 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5822 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5824 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5825 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5827 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5828 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5829 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5831 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5832 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5834 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5835 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5837 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5839 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5841 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5842 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5844 /* Unique label counter. */
5845 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5847 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5848 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5850 /* The direct call table structure. */
5852 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5853 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5855 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5859 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5860 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5862 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5864 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5865 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5866 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5870 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5871 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5873 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5874 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5875 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5877 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5879 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5881 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5884 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5886 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5887 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5888 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5890 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5891 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5894 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5895 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5897 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5898 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5900 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5901 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5903 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5905 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5907 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5908 within the current function. */
5909 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5911 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5913 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5914 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5915 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5916 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5917 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5918 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5919 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5920 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5921 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5922 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5923 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5924 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5925 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5926 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5927 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5928 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5929 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5930 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5931 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5932 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5933 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5934 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5935 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5936 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5937 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5938 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5939 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5940 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5941 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5942 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5943 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5944 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5945 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5946 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5947 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5949 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5950 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5951 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5952 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5953 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5954 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5955 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5956 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5957 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5959 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5960 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5961 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5962 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5963 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5964 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5965 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5966 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5967 static bool is_c_family (void);
5968 static bool is_cxx (void);
5969 static bool is_java (void);
5970 static bool is_fortran (void);
5971 static bool is_ada (void);
5972 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5973 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5974 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5975 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5976 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5977 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5978 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5979 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5980 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5981 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5982 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5983 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5984 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5985 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5986 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5987 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx);
5988 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5989 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5990 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5991 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5992 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5993 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5994 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5995 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5996 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5997 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5998 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5999 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6000 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6001 struct checksum_attributes;
6002 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6003 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6004 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6005 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6006 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6007 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6008 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6009 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6010 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6011 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6012 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6013 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6014 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6015 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6016 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6017 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6018 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6019 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6020 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6021 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6022 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6023 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6024 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6025 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6026 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6028 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6029 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6030 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6031 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6033 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6034 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6035 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6036 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6037 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6038 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6039 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6040 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6041 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6042 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6043 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6044 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6045 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6046 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6047 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6048 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6049 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6050 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6051 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6052 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6053 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6054 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6055 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6056 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6057 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6058 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6059 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6060 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6061 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6062 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6063 static void output_aranges (void);
6064 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6065 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6066 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6068 static void output_ranges (void);
6069 static void output_line_info (void);
6070 static void output_file_names (void);
6071 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6072 static int is_base_type (tree);
6073 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6074 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6075 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6076 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6077 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6078 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6079 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6080 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6081 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6082 enum var_init_status);
6083 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6084 enum var_init_status);
6085 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6086 enum var_init_status);
6087 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6088 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6089 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6090 enum var_init_status);
6091 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6092 enum var_init_status);
6093 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6094 enum var_init_status);
6095 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6097 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6098 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6099 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6100 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6101 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6102 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6103 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6105 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6106 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6107 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6108 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6109 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6110 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6111 enum dwarf_attribute);
6112 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6113 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6114 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6115 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6116 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6117 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6118 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6119 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6120 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6121 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6122 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6123 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6124 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6125 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6127 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6128 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6129 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6130 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6131 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6132 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6133 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6134 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6135 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6137 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6139 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6140 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6142 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6144 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6145 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6146 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6147 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6148 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6149 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6150 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6151 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6153 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6154 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6155 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6158 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6159 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6160 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6161 enum debug_info_usage);
6162 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6165 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6166 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6167 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6168 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6169 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6170 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6172 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6173 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6174 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6175 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6176 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6177 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6178 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6179 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6180 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6181 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6182 const char *, const char *);
6183 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6184 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6186 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6187 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6188 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6189 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6190 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6191 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6192 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6193 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6194 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6196 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6197 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6198 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6200 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6201 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6203 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6204 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6206 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6207 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6221 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6222 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6224 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6225 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6227 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6228 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6230 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6231 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6234 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6235 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6236 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6239 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6240 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6241 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6242 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6245 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6246 the section names themselves. */
6248 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6249 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6251 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6252 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6254 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6255 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6257 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6258 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6260 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6261 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6263 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6264 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6266 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6267 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6269 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6270 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6273 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6274 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6275 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6276 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6277 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6279 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6280 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6281 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6282 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6283 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6284 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6285 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6286 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6287 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6288 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6290 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6291 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6293 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6294 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6296 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6297 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6299 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6300 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6302 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6303 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6305 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6306 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6310 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6311 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6313 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6316 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6318 demangle_name_func = func;
6321 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6324 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6326 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6327 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6328 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6331 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6335 type_main_variant (tree type)
6337 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6339 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6340 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6341 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6342 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6344 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6345 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6346 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6351 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6354 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6356 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6358 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6359 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6362 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6365 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6369 case DW_TAG_padding:
6370 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6371 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6372 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6373 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6374 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6375 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6376 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6377 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6378 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6379 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6380 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6381 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6382 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6384 return "DW_TAG_label";
6385 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6386 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6388 return "DW_TAG_member";
6389 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6390 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6391 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6392 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6394 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6395 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6396 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6397 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6398 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6399 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6400 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6401 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6402 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6403 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6404 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6405 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6406 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6407 case DW_TAG_variant:
6408 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6409 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6410 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6411 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6412 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6413 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6414 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6415 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6416 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6418 return "DW_TAG_module";
6419 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6420 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6421 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6422 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6423 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6424 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6425 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6426 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6427 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6428 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6429 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6430 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6431 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6432 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6433 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6434 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6435 case DW_TAG_constant:
6436 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6437 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6438 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6439 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6440 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6442 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6443 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6444 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6445 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6446 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6447 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6448 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6449 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6450 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6451 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6452 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6453 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6454 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6455 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6456 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6457 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6458 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6459 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6460 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6461 case DW_TAG_variable:
6462 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6463 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6464 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6466 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6467 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6468 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6469 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6470 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6471 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6472 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6473 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6474 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6475 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6476 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6477 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6478 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6479 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6480 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6481 case DW_TAG_condition:
6482 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6483 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6484 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6485 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6486 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6487 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6488 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6489 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6490 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6491 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6492 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6493 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6494 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6495 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6496 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6497 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6498 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6499 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6500 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6501 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6502 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6503 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6504 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6505 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6506 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6507 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6508 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6510 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6514 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6517 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6522 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6523 case DW_AT_location:
6524 return "DW_AT_location";
6526 return "DW_AT_name";
6527 case DW_AT_ordering:
6528 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6529 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6530 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6531 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6532 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6533 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6534 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6535 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6536 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6537 case DW_AT_element_list:
6538 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6539 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6540 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6542 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6544 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6545 case DW_AT_language:
6546 return "DW_AT_language";
6548 return "DW_AT_member";
6550 return "DW_AT_discr";
6551 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6552 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6553 case DW_AT_visibility:
6554 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6556 return "DW_AT_import";
6557 case DW_AT_string_length:
6558 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6559 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6560 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6561 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6562 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6563 case DW_AT_const_value:
6564 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6565 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6566 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6567 case DW_AT_default_value:
6568 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6570 return "DW_AT_inline";
6571 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6572 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6573 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6574 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6575 case DW_AT_producer:
6576 return "DW_AT_producer";
6577 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6578 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6579 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6580 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6581 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6582 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6583 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6584 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6585 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6586 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6587 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6588 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6589 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6590 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6591 case DW_AT_address_class:
6592 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6593 case DW_AT_artificial:
6594 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6595 case DW_AT_base_types:
6596 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6597 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6598 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6600 return "DW_AT_count";
6601 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6602 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6603 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6604 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6605 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6606 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6607 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6608 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6609 case DW_AT_declaration:
6610 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6611 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6612 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6613 case DW_AT_encoding:
6614 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6615 case DW_AT_external:
6616 return "DW_AT_external";
6617 case DW_AT_explicit:
6618 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6619 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6620 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6622 return "DW_AT_friend";
6623 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6624 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6625 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6626 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6627 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6628 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6629 case DW_AT_priority:
6630 return "DW_AT_priority";
6632 return "DW_AT_segment";
6633 case DW_AT_specification:
6634 return "DW_AT_specification";
6635 case DW_AT_static_link:
6636 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6638 return "DW_AT_type";
6639 case DW_AT_use_location:
6640 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6641 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6642 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6643 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6644 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6645 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6646 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6648 case DW_AT_allocated:
6649 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6650 case DW_AT_associated:
6651 return "DW_AT_associated";
6652 case DW_AT_data_location:
6653 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6654 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6655 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6656 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6657 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6658 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6659 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6660 case DW_AT_extension:
6661 return "DW_AT_extension";
6663 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6664 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6665 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6666 case DW_AT_call_column:
6667 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6668 case DW_AT_call_file:
6669 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6670 case DW_AT_call_line:
6671 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6673 case DW_AT_signature:
6674 return "DW_AT_signature";
6675 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6676 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6677 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6678 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6679 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6680 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6681 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6682 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6683 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6684 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6686 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6687 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6688 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6689 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6690 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6692 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6694 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6696 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6697 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6698 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6699 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6700 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6701 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6702 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6704 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6705 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6706 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6707 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6709 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6710 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6711 case DW_AT_src_info:
6712 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6713 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6714 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6715 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6716 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6717 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6718 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6719 case DW_AT_body_end:
6720 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6721 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6722 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6723 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6724 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6725 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6726 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6727 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6728 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6729 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6730 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6731 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6732 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6733 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6734 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6735 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6736 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6737 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6738 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6739 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6740 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6742 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6743 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6746 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6750 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6753 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6758 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6759 case DW_FORM_block2:
6760 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6761 case DW_FORM_block4:
6762 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6764 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6766 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6768 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6769 case DW_FORM_string:
6770 return "DW_FORM_string";
6772 return "DW_FORM_block";
6773 case DW_FORM_block1:
6774 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6776 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6778 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6780 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6782 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6784 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6785 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6786 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6788 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6790 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6792 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6794 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6795 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6796 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6797 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6798 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6799 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6800 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6801 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6802 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6803 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6804 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6805 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6806 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6808 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6812 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6813 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6814 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6815 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6819 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6821 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6824 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6825 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6826 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6827 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6830 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6831 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6832 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6834 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6837 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6838 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6842 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6844 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6846 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6847 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6849 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6850 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6852 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6853 context = NULL_TREE;
6858 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6861 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6863 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6867 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6868 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6869 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6872 static inline enum dw_val_class
6873 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6875 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6878 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6881 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6885 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6886 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6887 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6888 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6891 static inline unsigned
6892 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6894 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6895 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6898 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6901 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6905 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6906 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6907 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6908 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6911 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6912 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6914 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6915 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6918 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6921 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6922 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6926 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6927 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6928 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6929 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6932 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6933 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6935 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6936 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6939 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6942 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6943 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6947 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6948 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6949 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6950 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6951 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6954 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6957 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6958 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6962 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6963 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6964 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6965 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6966 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6967 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6970 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6973 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6974 unsigned char data8[8])
6978 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6979 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6980 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6981 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6984 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6987 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6989 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
6993 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
6995 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
6996 (const char *)x2) == 0;
6999 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7001 static struct indirect_string_node *
7002 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7004 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7007 if (! debug_str_hash)
7008 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7009 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7011 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7012 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7015 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7016 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7017 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7021 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7027 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7030 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7033 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7035 node = find_AT_string (str);
7037 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7038 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7039 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7040 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7043 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7044 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7047 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7054 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7055 ++dw2_string_counter;
7056 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7059 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7060 debug string STR. */
7063 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7065 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7067 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7069 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7071 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7074 static inline const char *
7075 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7077 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7078 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7081 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7082 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7084 static enum dwarf_form
7085 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7087 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7090 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7092 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7096 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7098 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7099 always better to put it inline. */
7100 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7101 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7103 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7104 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7106 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7107 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7108 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7109 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7111 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7113 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7116 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7119 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7123 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7124 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7125 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7126 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7127 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7130 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7131 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7134 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7136 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7137 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7138 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7141 static inline dw_die_ref
7142 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7144 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7145 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7149 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7151 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7152 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7158 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7160 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7161 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7164 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7167 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7171 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7172 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7173 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7174 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7177 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7180 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7184 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7185 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7186 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7187 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7190 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7191 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7193 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7194 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7198 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7202 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7203 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7204 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7205 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7206 have_location_lists = true;
7209 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7210 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7212 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7213 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7216 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7217 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7219 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7220 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7223 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7226 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7230 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7231 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7232 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7233 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7236 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7239 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7241 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7242 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7245 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7248 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7249 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7253 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7254 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7255 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7256 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7259 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7261 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7262 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7264 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7265 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7268 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7271 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7275 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7276 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7277 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7278 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7281 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7282 debug_line section. */
7285 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7290 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7291 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7292 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7293 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7296 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7297 debug_macinfo section. */
7300 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7305 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7306 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7307 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7308 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7311 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7314 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7315 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7319 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7320 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7321 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7322 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7325 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7328 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7329 long unsigned int offset)
7333 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7334 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7335 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7336 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7339 static inline const char *
7340 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7342 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7343 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7344 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7345 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7348 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7351 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7355 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7360 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7361 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7363 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7364 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7368 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7373 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7374 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7375 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7377 static inline const char *
7378 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7380 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7382 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7385 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7386 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7387 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7389 static inline const char *
7390 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7392 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7394 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7397 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7398 NULL if it is not present. */
7400 static inline const char *
7401 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7403 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7405 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7408 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7409 if it is not present. */
7412 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7414 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7416 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7419 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7420 if it is not present. */
7422 static inline unsigned
7423 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7425 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7427 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7430 static inline dw_die_ref
7431 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7433 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7435 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7438 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7439 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7441 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7443 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7446 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7451 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7453 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
7454 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
7455 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
7458 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7463 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7465 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7468 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7473 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7475 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7476 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7477 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7480 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7485 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7487 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
7490 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7495 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7497 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7500 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7503 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7511 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7512 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7514 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7515 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7516 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7518 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7520 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7525 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7526 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7529 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7531 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7532 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7535 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7539 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7540 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7541 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7544 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7545 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7548 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7550 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7552 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7553 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7555 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7556 if (prev == old_child)
7558 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7559 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7563 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7564 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7566 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7567 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7570 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7573 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7576 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7577 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7578 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7581 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7585 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7591 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7593 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7595 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7596 /* Might have removed every child. */
7597 if (c == c->die_sib)
7601 } while (c != die->die_child);
7604 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7607 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7609 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7610 if (! die || ! child_die)
7612 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7614 child_die->die_parent = die;
7617 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7618 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7621 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7622 die->die_child = child_die;
7625 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7626 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7627 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7630 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7634 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7635 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7636 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7638 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7644 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7645 || (child->die_parent
7646 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7648 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7649 if (p->die_sib == child)
7651 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7655 add_child_die (parent, child);
7658 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7660 static inline dw_die_ref
7661 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7663 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7665 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7667 if (parent_die != NULL)
7668 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7671 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7673 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7674 limbo_node->die = die;
7675 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7676 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7677 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7683 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7685 static inline dw_die_ref
7686 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7688 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7691 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7694 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7696 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7699 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7702 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7704 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7707 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7710 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7712 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7715 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7717 static inline dw_die_ref
7718 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7720 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7723 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7726 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7728 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7731 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7735 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7737 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7740 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7742 static inline var_loc_list *
7743 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7745 if (!decl_loc_table)
7747 return (var_loc_list *)
7748 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7751 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7754 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7756 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7759 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7761 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7764 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7766 static struct var_loc_node *
7767 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note)
7769 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7772 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7774 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7777 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7778 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7782 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7786 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7787 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7788 we have nothing to do. */
7789 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7790 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7791 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7792 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7793 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7794 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7795 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7796 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7798 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7799 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7800 temp->last->next = loc;
7806 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7813 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7814 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7815 the DIE internal representation. */
7816 static int print_indent;
7818 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7821 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7823 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7826 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7829 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7833 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7834 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7837 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7838 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7841 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7847 print_spaces (outfile);
7848 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7849 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7850 print_spaces (outfile);
7851 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7852 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7853 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7855 print_spaces (outfile);
7856 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7857 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7858 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7861 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7863 print_spaces (outfile);
7864 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7866 switch (AT_class (a))
7868 case dw_val_class_addr:
7869 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7871 case dw_val_class_offset:
7872 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7874 case dw_val_class_loc:
7875 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7877 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7878 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7879 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7881 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7882 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7884 case dw_val_class_const:
7885 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7887 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7888 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7890 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7891 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7892 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7893 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7894 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7896 case dw_val_class_vec:
7897 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7899 case dw_val_class_flag:
7900 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7902 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7903 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7905 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7907 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7908 print_signature (outfile,
7909 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7911 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7912 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7913 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7915 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7918 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7920 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7921 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7922 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7923 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7925 case dw_val_class_str:
7926 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7927 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7929 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7931 case dw_val_class_file:
7932 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7933 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7935 case dw_val_class_data8:
7939 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7940 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7947 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7950 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7953 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7956 if (print_indent == 0)
7957 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7960 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7961 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7964 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7967 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7969 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7970 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7972 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7973 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7974 line_info->dw_file_num,
7975 line_info->dw_line_num);
7978 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7981 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7984 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7986 print_die (die, stderr);
7989 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7990 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7996 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7997 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7998 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8001 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8002 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8003 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8006 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8008 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8009 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8011 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8015 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8018 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8020 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8022 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8026 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8027 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8029 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8032 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8036 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8038 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8039 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8042 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8045 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8047 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8050 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8052 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8053 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8054 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8057 switch (AT_class (at))
8059 case dw_val_class_const:
8060 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8062 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8063 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8065 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8066 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8068 case dw_val_class_vec:
8069 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8071 case dw_val_class_flag:
8072 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8074 case dw_val_class_str:
8075 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8078 case dw_val_class_addr:
8080 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8081 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8084 case dw_val_class_offset:
8085 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8088 case dw_val_class_loc:
8089 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8090 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8093 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8094 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8097 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8098 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8099 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8100 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8103 case dw_val_class_file:
8104 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8107 case dw_val_class_data8:
8108 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8116 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8119 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8125 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8128 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8131 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8133 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8135 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8136 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8138 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8142 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8144 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8145 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8146 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8147 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8148 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8149 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8150 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8152 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8155 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8162 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8164 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8165 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8174 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8177 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8181 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8184 /* More bytes to follow. */
8192 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8193 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8196 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8200 int tag = die->die_tag;
8202 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8203 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8204 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8207 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8209 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8213 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8214 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8216 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8219 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8222 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8225 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8227 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8228 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8229 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8231 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8232 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8236 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8239 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8240 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8241 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8242 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8246 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8249 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8250 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8252 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8255 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8257 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8259 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8260 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8261 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8262 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8263 is complete or not. */
8264 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8265 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8266 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8267 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8268 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8269 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8271 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8273 if (name_attr != NULL)
8275 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8279 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8280 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8281 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8282 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8283 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8284 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8289 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8290 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8291 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8292 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8294 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8295 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8296 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8300 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8304 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8305 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8307 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8308 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8309 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8314 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8315 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8317 switch (AT_class (at))
8319 case dw_val_class_const:
8320 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8321 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8324 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8325 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8326 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8329 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8332 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8335 case dw_val_class_vec:
8336 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8337 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8338 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8341 case dw_val_class_flag:
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8343 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8346 case dw_val_class_str:
8347 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8348 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8351 case dw_val_class_addr:
8353 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8354 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8355 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8358 case dw_val_class_offset:
8359 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8360 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8363 case dw_val_class_loc:
8364 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8365 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8368 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8369 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8370 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8371 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8374 case dw_val_class_file:
8375 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8376 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8379 case dw_val_class_data8:
8380 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8388 struct checksum_attributes
8390 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8424 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8425 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8426 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8432 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8433 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8434 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8435 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8436 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8439 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8442 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8447 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8458 attrs->at_friend = a;
8460 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8461 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8463 case DW_AT_address_class:
8464 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8466 case DW_AT_allocated:
8467 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8469 case DW_AT_artificial:
8470 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8472 case DW_AT_associated:
8473 attrs->at_associated = a;
8475 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8476 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8478 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8479 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8481 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8482 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8484 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8485 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8487 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8488 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8490 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8491 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8493 case DW_AT_const_value:
8494 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8496 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8497 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8500 attrs->at_count = a;
8502 case DW_AT_data_location:
8503 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8505 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8506 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8508 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8509 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8511 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8512 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8514 case DW_AT_default_value:
8515 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8517 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8518 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8521 attrs->at_discr = a;
8523 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8524 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8526 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8527 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8529 case DW_AT_encoding:
8530 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8532 case DW_AT_endianity:
8533 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8535 case DW_AT_explicit:
8536 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8538 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8539 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8541 case DW_AT_location:
8542 attrs->at_location = a;
8544 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8545 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8548 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8550 case DW_AT_ordering:
8551 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8553 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8554 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8556 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8557 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8560 attrs->at_small = a;
8563 attrs->at_segment = a;
8565 case DW_AT_string_length:
8566 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8568 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8569 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8571 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8572 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8574 case DW_AT_use_location:
8575 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8577 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8578 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8580 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8581 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8583 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8584 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8586 case DW_AT_visibility:
8587 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8589 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8590 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8598 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8601 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8605 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8607 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8608 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8610 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8612 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8614 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8615 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8651 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8652 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8659 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8660 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8661 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8662 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8663 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8665 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8668 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8671 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8672 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8673 && name_attr != NULL)
8675 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8676 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8677 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8681 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8682 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8684 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8686 } while (c != die->die_child);
8688 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8692 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8693 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8694 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8695 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8697 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8698 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8699 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8700 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8701 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8702 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8703 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8706 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8710 unsigned char checksum[16];
8714 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8715 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8717 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8718 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8719 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8721 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8723 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8725 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8726 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8727 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8729 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8730 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8731 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8733 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8736 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8738 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8740 die->die_mark = mark;
8742 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8743 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8744 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8746 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8747 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8748 unmark_all_dies (die);
8749 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8751 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8752 type node together. */
8753 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8754 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8755 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8756 type_node->type_die = die;
8758 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8761 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8764 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8766 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8768 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8769 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8770 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8773 /* Do the values look the same? */
8775 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8777 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8780 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8783 switch (v1->val_class)
8785 case dw_val_class_const:
8786 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8787 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8788 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8789 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8790 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8791 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8792 case dw_val_class_vec:
8793 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8794 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8796 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8797 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8800 case dw_val_class_flag:
8801 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8802 case dw_val_class_str:
8803 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8805 case dw_val_class_addr:
8806 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8807 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8808 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8810 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8812 case dw_val_class_offset:
8813 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8815 case dw_val_class_loc:
8816 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8818 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8819 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8821 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8823 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8824 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8826 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8827 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8828 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8829 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8832 case dw_val_class_file:
8833 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8835 case dw_val_class_data8:
8836 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8843 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8846 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8848 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8851 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8852 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8853 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8856 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8859 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8862 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8868 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8870 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8871 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8873 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8876 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8877 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8880 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8881 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8884 c1 = die1->die_child;
8885 c2 = die2->die_child;
8894 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8898 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8900 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8910 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8913 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8916 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8918 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8919 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8924 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8926 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8928 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8929 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8931 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8932 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8935 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8937 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8938 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8939 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8942 unsigned char checksum[16];
8945 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8946 the name filename of the unit. */
8948 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8950 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8951 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8952 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8954 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8955 clean_symbol_name (name);
8957 p = name + strlen (name);
8958 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8960 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8964 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8965 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8968 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8971 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8973 switch (die->die_tag)
8975 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8976 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8977 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8978 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8979 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8980 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8981 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8982 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8983 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8984 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8985 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8986 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8987 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8988 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8989 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8990 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8991 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8992 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8993 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9000 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9001 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9002 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9003 compilations (functions). */
9006 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9008 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9009 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9010 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9011 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9013 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9016 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9017 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9018 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9019 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9021 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9023 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9026 return is_type_die (c);
9029 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9030 compilation unit. */
9033 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9035 return (is_type_die (c)
9036 || is_declaration_die (c)
9037 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9038 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9042 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9047 return xstrdup (buf);
9050 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9053 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9057 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9059 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9061 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9063 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9064 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9065 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9068 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9071 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9074 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9077 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9078 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9081 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9083 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9085 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9086 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9088 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9092 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9094 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9095 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9096 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9098 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9102 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9104 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9105 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9115 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9118 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9120 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9121 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9123 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9125 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9126 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9130 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9132 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9138 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9142 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9144 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9145 entry->next = *slot;
9151 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9153 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9155 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9157 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9158 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9162 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9165 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9166 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9167 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9170 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9173 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9174 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9175 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9179 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9181 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9182 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9184 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9186 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9187 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9189 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9190 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9191 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9192 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9194 add_child_die (unit, c);
9196 if (c == die->die_child)
9199 } while (c != die->die_child);
9202 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9203 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9207 assign_symbol_names (die);
9208 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9209 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9215 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9216 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9217 &comdat_symbol_number);
9218 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9220 *pnode = node->next;
9223 pnode = &node->next;
9224 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9225 comdat_symbol_number);
9228 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9231 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9234 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9239 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9240 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9246 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9247 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9250 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9252 switch (die->die_tag)
9254 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9258 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9259 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9262 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9263 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9264 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9265 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9266 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9267 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9268 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9269 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9270 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9271 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9272 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9273 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9274 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9275 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9276 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9282 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9285 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9291 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9292 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9294 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9295 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9300 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9303 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9306 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9308 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9313 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9316 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9323 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9324 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9325 return clone_die (die);
9327 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9328 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9330 return clone_die (decl);
9332 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9333 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9335 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9337 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9338 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9339 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9343 case DW_AT_artificial:
9344 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9345 case DW_AT_external:
9348 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9349 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9350 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9352 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9358 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9359 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9361 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9365 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9366 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9367 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9368 attached to the specification. */
9371 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9374 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9376 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9385 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9386 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9387 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9389 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9391 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9393 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9394 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9395 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9396 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9399 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9402 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9403 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9404 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9406 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9407 if (new_decl != NULL)
9409 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9410 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9415 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9416 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9419 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9421 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9424 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9426 if (node->parent != NULL)
9428 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9429 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9433 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9434 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9435 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9438 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9440 skeleton_chain_node node;
9443 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9444 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9446 node.parent = parent;
9448 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9452 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9455 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9457 node.new_die = NULL;
9458 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9460 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9461 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9462 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9463 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9464 move_all_children (c, clone);
9466 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9467 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9468 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9472 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9473 } while (next != NULL);
9476 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9479 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9481 skeleton_chain_node node;
9484 node.new_die = NULL;
9487 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9488 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9489 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9490 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9492 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9493 return node.new_die;
9496 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9497 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9498 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9499 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9500 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9501 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9504 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9506 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9508 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9509 if (skeleton == NULL)
9510 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9513 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9514 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9520 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9521 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9524 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9528 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9529 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9530 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9532 first = c = die->die_child;
9536 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9539 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9540 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9542 dw_die_ref replacement;
9543 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9545 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9546 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9547 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9548 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9549 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9550 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9551 type_node->root_die = unit;
9552 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9553 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9555 /* Generate the type signature. */
9556 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9558 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9559 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9560 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9562 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9563 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9565 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9566 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9568 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9569 add_child_die (unit, c);
9571 if (replacement != NULL)
9574 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9575 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9576 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9577 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9579 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9580 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9582 } while (next != NULL);
9585 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9587 struct decl_table_entry
9593 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9596 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9598 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9599 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9601 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9605 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9607 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9608 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9609 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9611 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9615 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9617 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9622 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9623 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9624 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9625 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9628 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9630 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9631 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9634 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9638 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9639 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9640 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9641 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9643 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9647 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9648 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9656 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9659 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9660 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9661 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9664 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9665 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9667 if (decl_table != NULL)
9669 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9671 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9678 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9679 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9683 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9689 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9691 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9693 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9694 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9696 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9698 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9701 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9702 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9704 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9706 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9707 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9708 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9709 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9713 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9714 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9716 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9720 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9721 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9722 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9723 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9724 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9729 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9730 into the new type unit. */
9731 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9732 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9733 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9734 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9737 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9738 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9740 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9741 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9742 get visited otherwise. */
9744 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9749 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9752 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9753 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9754 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9755 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9756 don't have an external reference. */
9759 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9764 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9765 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9766 htab_delete (decl_table);
9770 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9771 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9772 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9775 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9779 if (! die->die_child)
9782 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9783 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9785 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9788 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9791 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9797 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9798 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9799 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9801 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9804 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9805 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9806 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9807 die are visited recursively. */
9810 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9812 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9813 unsigned int n_alloc;
9818 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9819 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9820 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9821 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9822 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9824 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9825 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9828 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9830 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9831 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9835 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9837 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9840 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9841 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9844 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9846 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9847 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9848 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9858 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9860 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9862 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9863 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9866 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9867 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9868 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9871 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9872 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9875 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9876 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9879 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9882 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9889 log = floor_log2 (value);
9892 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9897 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9898 .debug_info section. */
9900 static unsigned long
9901 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9903 unsigned long size = 0;
9907 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9908 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9910 switch (AT_class (a))
9912 case dw_val_class_addr:
9913 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9915 case dw_val_class_offset:
9916 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9918 case dw_val_class_loc:
9920 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9923 size += constant_size (lsize);
9927 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9928 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9930 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9931 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9933 case dw_val_class_const:
9934 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9936 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9937 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9939 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9940 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9941 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9944 case dw_val_class_vec:
9945 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9946 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9947 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9948 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9950 case dw_val_class_flag:
9953 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9954 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9956 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9957 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9958 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9959 it's always sized as an offset. */
9960 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9961 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9962 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9963 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9965 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9968 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9970 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9971 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9973 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9974 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9976 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9977 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9978 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9980 case dw_val_class_str:
9981 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9982 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9984 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9986 case dw_val_class_file:
9987 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9989 case dw_val_class_data8:
10000 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10001 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10002 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10003 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10006 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10010 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10011 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10013 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10015 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10016 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10017 next_die_offset += 1;
10020 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10021 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10022 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10023 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10026 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10030 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10033 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10036 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10039 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10043 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10044 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10047 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10050 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10053 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10059 if (!die->die_mark)
10063 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10065 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10066 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10067 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10070 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10071 generated for the compilation unit. */
10073 static unsigned long
10074 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10076 unsigned long size;
10080 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10081 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10082 if (names != pubtype_table
10083 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10084 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10085 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10087 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10091 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10093 static unsigned long
10094 size_of_aranges (void)
10096 unsigned long size;
10098 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10100 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10101 if (text_section_used)
10102 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10103 if (cold_text_section_used)
10104 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10105 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10107 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10108 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10112 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10114 static enum dwarf_form
10115 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10117 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10119 case dw_val_class_addr:
10120 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10121 switch (a->dw_attr)
10124 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10125 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10126 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10127 return DW_FORM_addr;
10131 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10134 return DW_FORM_data1;
10136 return DW_FORM_data2;
10138 return DW_FORM_data4;
10140 return DW_FORM_data8;
10142 gcc_unreachable ();
10144 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10145 case dw_val_class_offset:
10146 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10147 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10150 return DW_FORM_data4;
10152 return DW_FORM_data8;
10154 gcc_unreachable ();
10156 case dw_val_class_loc:
10157 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10160 return DW_FORM_block1;
10162 return DW_FORM_block2;
10164 gcc_unreachable ();
10166 case dw_val_class_const:
10167 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10168 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10169 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10172 return DW_FORM_data1;
10174 return DW_FORM_data2;
10176 return DW_FORM_data4;
10178 return DW_FORM_data8;
10180 gcc_unreachable ();
10182 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10183 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10186 return DW_FORM_data2;
10188 return DW_FORM_data4;
10190 return DW_FORM_data8;
10193 return DW_FORM_block1;
10195 case dw_val_class_vec:
10196 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10197 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10200 return DW_FORM_block1;
10202 return DW_FORM_block2;
10204 return DW_FORM_block4;
10206 gcc_unreachable ();
10208 case dw_val_class_flag:
10209 return DW_FORM_flag;
10210 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10211 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10212 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10214 return DW_FORM_ref;
10215 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10216 return DW_FORM_data;
10217 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10218 return DW_FORM_addr;
10219 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10220 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10221 return DW_FORM_data;
10222 case dw_val_class_str:
10223 return AT_string_form (a);
10224 case dw_val_class_file:
10225 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10228 return DW_FORM_data1;
10230 return DW_FORM_data2;
10232 return DW_FORM_data4;
10234 gcc_unreachable ();
10237 case dw_val_class_data8:
10238 return DW_FORM_data8;
10241 gcc_unreachable ();
10245 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10248 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10250 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10255 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10259 output_abbrev_section (void)
10261 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10263 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10265 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10267 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10269 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10270 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10271 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10273 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10274 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10276 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10278 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10282 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10283 output_value_format (a_attr);
10286 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10287 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10290 /* Terminate the table. */
10291 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10294 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10297 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10299 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10304 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10305 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10306 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10308 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10310 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10313 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10316 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10317 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10318 const char *section)
10320 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10322 retlist->begin = begin;
10323 retlist->end = end;
10324 retlist->expr = expr;
10325 retlist->section = section;
10330 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10331 hasn't got one yet. */
10334 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10336 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10337 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10340 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10343 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10345 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10347 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10349 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10350 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10352 unsigned long size;
10353 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10354 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10356 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10358 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10359 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10360 list_head->ll_symbol);
10361 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10362 "Location list end address (%s)",
10363 list_head->ll_symbol);
10367 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10368 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10369 list_head->ll_symbol);
10370 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10371 "Location list end address (%s)",
10372 list_head->ll_symbol);
10374 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10376 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10377 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10378 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10380 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10383 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10384 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10385 list_head->ll_symbol);
10386 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10387 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10388 list_head->ll_symbol);
10391 /* Output a type signature. */
10394 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10398 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10399 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10402 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10403 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10406 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10410 unsigned long size;
10413 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10414 them to point to. */
10415 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10416 output_die_symbol (die);
10418 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10419 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10420 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10422 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10424 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10426 switch (AT_class (a))
10428 case dw_val_class_addr:
10429 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10432 case dw_val_class_offset:
10433 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10437 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10439 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10441 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10442 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10443 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10444 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10449 case dw_val_class_loc:
10450 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10452 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10453 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10455 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10458 case dw_val_class_const:
10459 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10460 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10461 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10462 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10465 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10466 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10467 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10470 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10472 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10474 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10475 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10476 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10477 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10480 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10482 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10483 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10487 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10488 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10491 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10493 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10498 case dw_val_class_vec:
10500 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10501 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10505 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10506 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10507 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10512 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10514 i++, p += elt_size)
10515 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10516 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10520 case dw_val_class_flag:
10521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10524 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10526 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10529 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10534 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10535 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10537 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10539 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10540 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10542 gcc_assert (type_node);
10543 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10547 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10551 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10552 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10554 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10555 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10557 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10558 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10564 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10565 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10570 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10575 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10576 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10581 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10582 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10585 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10586 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10587 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10590 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10591 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10592 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10595 case dw_val_class_str:
10596 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10597 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10598 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10600 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10602 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10605 case dw_val_class_file:
10607 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10609 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10610 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10614 case dw_val_class_data8:
10618 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10619 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10620 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10625 gcc_unreachable ();
10629 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10631 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10632 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10634 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10637 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10638 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10641 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10643 int ver = dwarf_version;
10645 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10646 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10647 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10650 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10651 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10652 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10653 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10654 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10655 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10656 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10657 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10658 debug_abbrev_section,
10659 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10660 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10663 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10666 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10668 const char *secname;
10669 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10671 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10672 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10675 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10676 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10677 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10678 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10679 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10682 build_abbrev_table (die);
10684 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10685 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10686 calc_die_sizes (die);
10688 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10691 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10693 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10695 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10696 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10699 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10701 /* Output debugging information. */
10702 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10705 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10706 output_pubnames. */
10710 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10714 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10717 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10719 const char *secname;
10722 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10726 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10727 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10729 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10731 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10732 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10733 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10735 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10736 secname = ".debug_types";
10737 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10738 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10739 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10740 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10741 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10742 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10743 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10746 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10747 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10748 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10749 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10751 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10754 /* Output debugging information. */
10755 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10756 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10757 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10758 "Offset to Type DIE");
10759 output_die (node->root_die);
10761 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10764 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10766 static const char *
10767 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10769 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10772 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10775 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10780 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10781 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10785 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10787 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10789 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10791 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10795 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10798 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10803 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10804 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10805 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10810 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10812 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10813 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10814 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10815 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10816 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10818 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10823 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10825 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10828 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10829 it to the table. */
10830 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10831 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10835 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10836 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10839 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10842 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10845 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10846 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10847 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10848 if (names == pubname_table)
10849 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10850 "Length of Public Names Info");
10852 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10853 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10854 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10855 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10856 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10857 debug_info_section,
10858 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10859 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10860 "Compilation Unit Length");
10862 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10864 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10865 if (names == pubname_table)
10866 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10868 if (names != pubtype_table
10869 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10870 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10872 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10875 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10879 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10882 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10885 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10887 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10890 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10892 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10893 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10894 arange_table_allocated);
10895 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10896 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10899 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10902 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10903 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10904 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10907 output_aranges (void)
10910 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10912 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10913 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10914 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10915 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10916 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10917 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10919 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10920 debug_info_section,
10921 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10925 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10926 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10928 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10930 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10931 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10932 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10933 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10936 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10937 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10938 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10939 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10940 confused with the terminator. */
10941 if (text_section_used)
10943 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10944 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10945 text_section_label, "Length");
10947 if (cold_text_section_used)
10949 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10951 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10952 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10955 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10957 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10959 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10960 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10962 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10964 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
10966 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
10967 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
10971 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10972 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10973 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10974 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
10975 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10977 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
10980 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
10982 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10983 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
10984 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10985 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
10990 /* Output the terminator words. */
10991 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10992 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10995 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
10998 static unsigned int
10999 add_ranges_num (int num)
11001 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11003 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11005 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11006 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11007 ranges_table_allocated);
11008 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11009 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11012 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11013 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11015 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11018 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11019 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11021 static unsigned int
11022 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11024 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11027 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11031 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11034 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11035 unsigned int offset;
11037 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11039 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11040 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11042 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11043 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11044 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11045 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11048 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11049 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11050 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11052 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11055 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11061 output_ranges (void)
11064 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
11065 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11067 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11069 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11073 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11074 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11076 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11079 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11080 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11081 base of the text section. */
11082 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11084 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11085 text_section_label,
11086 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11087 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11088 text_section_label, NULL);
11091 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11092 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11093 about whether the target supports cross-section
11097 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11098 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11099 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11105 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11106 else if (block_num < 0)
11108 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11110 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11112 gcc_unreachable ();
11114 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11115 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11116 the #if 0 above. */
11117 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11118 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11119 text_section_label,
11120 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11121 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11122 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11123 text_section_label, NULL);
11128 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11129 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11130 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11131 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11132 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11138 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11139 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11145 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11148 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11149 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11150 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11151 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11152 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11155 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11159 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11160 int length; /* Path length. */
11161 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11162 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11163 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11166 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11167 the directories in the path. */
11170 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11172 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11173 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11174 const unsigned char *cp1;
11175 const unsigned char *cp2;
11177 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11178 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11179 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11180 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11181 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11182 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11183 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11185 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11186 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11192 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11193 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11194 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11195 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11196 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11198 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11199 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11200 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11204 struct file_name_acquire_data
11206 struct file_info *files;
11211 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11214 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11216 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11217 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11218 struct file_info *fi;
11221 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11223 if (! d->emitted_number)
11226 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11228 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11230 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11232 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11235 /* Create a new array entry. */
11237 fi->length = strlen (f);
11240 /* Search for the file name part. */
11241 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11242 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11244 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11248 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11254 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11258 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11259 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11260 slowdowns with many input files. */
11263 output_file_names (void)
11265 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11267 struct file_info *files;
11268 struct dir_info *dirs;
11276 if (!last_emitted_file)
11278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11279 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11283 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11285 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11286 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11287 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11289 fnad.files = files;
11290 fnad.used_files = 0;
11291 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11292 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11293 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11295 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11297 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11298 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11299 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11300 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11302 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11303 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11306 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11307 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11308 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11309 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11311 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11312 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11313 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11319 /* This is a new directory. */
11320 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11321 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11322 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11323 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11324 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11326 /* Search for a prefix. */
11327 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11328 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11329 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11330 && dirs[j].length > 1
11331 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11332 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11333 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11334 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11339 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11340 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11341 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11342 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11343 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11344 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11345 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11346 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11348 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11349 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11354 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11355 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11356 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11357 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11359 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11362 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11364 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11368 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11369 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11370 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11374 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11375 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11377 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11378 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11383 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11385 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11387 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11388 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11389 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11391 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11392 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11394 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11395 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11400 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11401 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11402 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11403 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11405 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11406 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
11408 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11410 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11411 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11412 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11413 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11414 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11415 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11417 /* Now write all the file names. */
11418 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11420 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11421 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11423 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11424 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11426 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11427 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11432 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11433 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11434 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11435 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11437 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11438 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11439 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11441 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11442 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11444 /* Include directory index. */
11445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11447 /* Modification time. */
11448 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11449 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11453 /* File length in bytes. */
11454 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11455 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11459 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11460 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11462 /* Include directory index. */
11463 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11465 /* Modification time. */
11466 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11468 /* File length in bytes. */
11469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11473 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11477 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11478 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11481 output_line_info (void)
11483 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11484 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11485 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11487 unsigned n_op_args;
11488 unsigned long lt_index;
11489 unsigned long current_line;
11492 unsigned long current_file;
11493 unsigned long function;
11494 int ver = dwarf_version;
11496 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11497 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11498 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11502 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11503 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11504 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11505 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11507 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11508 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11509 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11510 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11511 "Length of Source Line Info");
11512 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11514 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11515 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11516 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11518 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11519 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11520 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11521 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11522 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11523 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11524 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11525 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11527 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11530 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11532 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11534 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11536 "Special Opcode Base");
11538 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11542 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11543 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11544 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11545 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11546 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11558 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11559 output_file_names ();
11560 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11562 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11563 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11564 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11566 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11567 a series of state machine operations. */
11571 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11572 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11574 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11575 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11577 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11580 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11581 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11584 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11585 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11586 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11587 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11588 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11592 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11594 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11595 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11596 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11597 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11598 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11599 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11604 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11606 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11607 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11611 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11612 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11613 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11614 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11616 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11619 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11621 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11622 different from the previous line. */
11623 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11625 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11626 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11627 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11630 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11631 that uses the least amount of space. */
11632 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11634 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11635 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11636 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11637 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11638 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11639 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11642 "line %lu", current_line);
11645 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11646 depending on the value being encoded. */
11647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11648 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11649 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11654 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11658 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11661 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11662 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11663 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11668 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11670 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11674 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11680 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11682 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11683 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11686 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11687 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11688 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11689 && line_info->function == function)
11693 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11694 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11695 to handle it differently. */
11696 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11698 if (function != line_info->function)
11700 function = line_info->function;
11702 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11704 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11706 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11710 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11713 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11714 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11715 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11719 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11720 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11722 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11726 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11728 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11729 different from the previous line. */
11730 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11732 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11733 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11734 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11737 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11738 that uses the least amount of space. */
11739 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11741 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11742 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11743 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11744 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11745 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11746 "line %lu", current_line);
11749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11750 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11751 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11756 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11764 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11765 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11766 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11771 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11772 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11775 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11776 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11777 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11783 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11784 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11787 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11794 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11795 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11798 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11800 static unsigned long
11801 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11803 unsigned long size;
11806 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11808 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11809 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11811 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11812 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11814 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11815 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11816 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11818 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11819 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11820 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11822 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11823 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11825 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11831 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11832 identical function have been merged. */
11835 output_dcall_table (void)
11838 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11840 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11841 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11843 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11844 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11845 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11846 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11847 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11848 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11849 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11850 debug_info_section,
11851 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11854 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11856 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11857 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11859 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11860 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11863 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11864 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11865 "Caller DIE offset");
11868 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11869 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11871 "Callee DIE offset");
11875 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11877 static unsigned long
11878 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11880 unsigned long size;
11884 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11887 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11888 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11889 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11894 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11895 identical function have been merged. */
11898 output_vcall_table (void)
11901 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11903 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11905 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11906 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11907 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11908 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11909 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11910 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11911 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11913 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11915 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11916 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11917 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11921 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11922 a DIE that describes the given type.
11924 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11925 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11928 base_type_die (tree type)
11930 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11931 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11933 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11936 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11937 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11938 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11939 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11941 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11944 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11946 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11947 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11949 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11951 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11952 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11954 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11958 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11960 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11961 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11963 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11966 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
11969 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
11970 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
11971 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11972 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11973 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
11975 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
11978 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11979 a user defined type for it. */
11981 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
11982 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
11984 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11988 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
11989 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
11993 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
11994 gcc_unreachable ();
11997 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
11999 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12000 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
12001 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
12003 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12004 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12005 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12007 return base_type_result;
12010 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12011 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12014 is_base_type (tree type)
12016 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12022 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12030 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12031 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12032 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12035 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12042 gcc_unreachable ();
12048 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12049 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12050 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12051 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12052 ERROR_MARK node. */
12054 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12055 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12057 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12058 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12059 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12061 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12062 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12064 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12067 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12068 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12071 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12073 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12074 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12076 if (context_die == NULL)
12077 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12079 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12081 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12083 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12084 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12085 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12089 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12091 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12093 return subrange_die;
12096 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12097 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12100 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12101 dw_die_ref context_die)
12103 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12104 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12105 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12106 tree item_type = NULL;
12107 tree qualified_type;
12108 tree name, low, high;
12110 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12113 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12116 = get_qualified_type (type,
12117 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12118 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12120 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12121 if (qualified_type)
12123 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12125 return mod_type_die;
12128 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12130 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12131 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
12133 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12135 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12137 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12138 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12139 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12141 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12142 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12143 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12144 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12145 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12146 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12147 type to which it refers. */
12148 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12149 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12151 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12156 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12157 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12159 else if (is_volatile_type)
12161 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12162 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12164 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12166 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12167 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12168 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12169 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12170 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12171 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12172 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12174 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12176 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12177 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12178 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12179 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12180 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12181 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12182 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12184 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12185 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12186 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12188 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12189 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12191 else if (is_base_type (type))
12192 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12195 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12197 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12198 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12199 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12200 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12201 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12203 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12204 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12206 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12207 not the main variant. */
12208 return lookup_type_die (type);
12211 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12212 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12213 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12214 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12215 if the base type already has the same name. */
12217 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12218 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12219 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12220 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12221 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12222 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12224 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12225 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12226 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12227 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12228 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12229 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12232 if (qualified_type)
12233 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12236 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12237 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12238 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12239 types are possible in Ada. */
12240 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12241 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12242 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12245 if (sub_die != NULL)
12246 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12248 return mod_type_die;
12251 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12252 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12253 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12256 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12260 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12262 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12266 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12267 else if (DECL_P (t))
12268 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12272 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12274 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12275 or function. End of story. */
12278 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12279 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12280 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12282 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12284 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12285 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12286 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12287 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12289 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12291 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12292 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12293 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12294 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12295 an argument pack. */
12296 if (arg_pack_elems)
12297 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12301 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12302 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12307 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12308 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12309 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12310 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12311 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12313 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12314 as a child node. */
12317 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12319 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12321 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12322 const char *name = NULL;
12324 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12327 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12328 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12329 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12331 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12332 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12333 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12334 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12335 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12336 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12337 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12338 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12339 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12340 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12341 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12342 name of the template template argument. */
12343 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12346 gcc_unreachable ();
12352 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12353 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12354 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12355 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12359 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12361 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12364 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12366 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12367 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12368 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12369 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12370 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12371 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12372 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12373 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12378 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12379 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12380 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12382 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12383 to the name of the argument. */
12384 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12386 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12389 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12390 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12391 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12392 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12394 We must be careful here:
12395 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12396 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12397 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12398 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12399 emitted after cgraph computations.
12400 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12401 after cgraph is ready. */
12402 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12408 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12409 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12410 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12413 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12414 tree parm_pack_args,
12415 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12420 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12422 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12423 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12424 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12425 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12426 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12427 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12432 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12433 an enumerated type. */
12436 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12438 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12441 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12443 static unsigned int
12444 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12446 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12448 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12450 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12451 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12453 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12454 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12455 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12459 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12462 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12463 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12464 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12467 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12469 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12471 if (*list_head != NULL)
12473 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12474 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12477 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12478 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12482 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12483 zero if there is none. */
12485 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12486 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12490 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12493 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12495 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12496 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12498 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12501 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12502 a given hard register number. */
12504 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12505 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12507 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12511 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12513 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12515 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12516 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12518 return reg_loc_descr;
12521 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12522 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12524 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12525 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12526 enum var_init_status initialized)
12528 int nregs, size, i;
12530 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12533 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12534 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12536 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12537 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12538 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12541 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12542 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12544 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12545 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12547 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12552 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12554 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12555 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12556 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12557 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12563 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12565 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12567 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12570 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12572 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12574 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12575 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12576 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12577 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12578 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12581 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12582 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12586 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12588 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12590 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12592 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12593 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12595 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12597 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12598 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12602 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12603 else if (i <= 0xff)
12604 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12605 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12606 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12607 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12608 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12609 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12616 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12617 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12618 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12619 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12620 || i >= -0x80000000)
12621 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12626 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12630 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12631 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12632 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12634 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12635 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12638 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12640 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12647 else if (i <= 0xff)
12649 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12651 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12652 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12655 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12661 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12663 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12664 || i >= -0x80000000)
12667 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12669 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12670 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12671 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12672 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12673 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12674 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12676 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12677 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12678 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12682 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12684 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12685 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12689 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12691 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12692 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12693 enum var_init_status initialized)
12695 unsigned int regno;
12696 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12697 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12699 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12700 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12701 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12702 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12703 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12705 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12709 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12711 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12712 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12714 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12715 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12716 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12717 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12718 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12719 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12721 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12722 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12723 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12724 access stack variables. */
12725 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12726 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12729 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12730 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12731 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12732 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12735 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12736 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12741 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12742 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12744 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12745 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
12746 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
12747 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
12748 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
12749 else in other part of the routine. */
12750 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12753 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12755 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12758 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12760 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12761 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12766 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12769 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12771 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12772 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12773 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12774 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12777 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12780 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12781 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12784 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12786 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12789 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12791 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12792 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12795 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12796 if (loc_result == NULL)
12799 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12800 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12805 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12809 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12811 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12813 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12815 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12818 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12819 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12821 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12825 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12826 or via for_each_rtx. */
12829 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12833 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
12835 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
12836 we can't express it in the debug info. */
12837 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12838 inform (current_function_decl
12839 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
12840 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
12841 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
12844 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12845 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
12849 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12852 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12855 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12856 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12857 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12860 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12861 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12866 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12869 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12870 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12871 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12872 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12873 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12874 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12876 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12878 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12880 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12881 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12889 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12890 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12891 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12894 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12896 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12897 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12899 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12900 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12905 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12906 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12907 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12908 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12910 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12911 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12912 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12913 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12915 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12916 autoincrement addressing modes.
12918 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12919 location list for RTL.
12921 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12923 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12924 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12925 enum var_init_status initialized)
12927 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12928 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12929 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12931 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12932 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12933 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12934 zeroth element of the array. */
12936 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12938 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12943 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12946 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12947 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12948 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12949 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12950 contains the given subreg. */
12951 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12953 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12954 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12956 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
12958 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
12962 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12963 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12964 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12965 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12966 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12967 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12968 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12969 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12970 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12971 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12972 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12973 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12974 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12975 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12976 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12977 else if (stack_realign_drap
12979 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
12980 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12982 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12983 out, use DRAP instead. */
12984 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
12985 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12991 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
12992 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12997 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12998 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
12999 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13000 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13004 mem_loc_result = op0;
13005 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13006 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13007 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13008 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13013 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13014 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13015 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13016 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13017 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13019 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13021 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13024 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13025 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13027 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13028 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13029 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13033 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13034 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13035 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13040 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13042 /* ... fall through ... */
13045 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13046 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13050 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13051 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13053 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13055 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13056 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13059 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13060 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13061 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13062 temp->dtprel = true;
13064 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13065 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13070 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13074 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13075 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13076 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13077 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13083 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13084 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13088 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13089 PLUS code below. */
13090 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13095 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13097 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13098 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13099 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13100 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13102 /* ... fall through ... */
13106 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13107 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13108 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13109 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13112 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13113 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13114 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13117 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13118 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13121 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13122 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13123 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13124 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13126 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13127 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13128 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13133 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13134 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13176 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13177 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13178 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13179 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13181 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13184 mem_loc_result = op0;
13185 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13186 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13190 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13191 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13192 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13193 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13195 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13198 mem_loc_result = op0;
13199 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13200 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13201 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13202 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13203 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13204 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13220 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13221 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13226 mem_loc_result = op0;
13227 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13231 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13259 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13260 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13264 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13266 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13267 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13268 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13271 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13272 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13273 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13274 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13276 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13279 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13280 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13282 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13283 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13284 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13285 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13286 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13288 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13290 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13291 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13294 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13295 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13297 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13298 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13299 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13300 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13301 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13302 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13303 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13304 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13305 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13306 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13307 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13308 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13309 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13310 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13311 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13312 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13313 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13316 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13317 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13318 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13319 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13322 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13323 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13329 mem_loc_result = op0;
13330 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13331 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13332 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13334 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13335 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13336 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13357 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13358 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13362 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13364 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13365 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13366 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13369 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13370 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13371 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13372 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13374 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13377 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13378 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13380 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13381 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13383 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13384 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13387 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13388 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13390 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13391 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13392 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13393 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13394 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13395 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13397 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13398 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13400 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13401 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13402 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13403 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13404 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13405 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13407 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13408 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13413 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13414 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13415 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13416 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13417 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13418 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13420 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13430 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13431 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13432 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13435 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13436 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13437 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13438 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13440 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13443 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13444 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13445 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13446 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13448 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13450 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13451 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13452 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13453 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13454 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13458 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13459 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13460 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13461 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13464 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13466 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13467 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13468 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13469 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13470 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13471 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13472 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13475 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13479 mem_loc_result = op0;
13480 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13481 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13483 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13485 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13486 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13487 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13488 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13489 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13490 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13491 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13497 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13498 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13499 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13500 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13501 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13502 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13503 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13506 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13507 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13510 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13514 mem_loc_result = op0;
13515 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13516 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13517 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13518 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13520 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13522 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13523 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13525 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13527 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13529 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13530 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13531 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13541 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13542 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13569 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13571 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13574 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13575 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13577 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13589 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13592 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13593 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13598 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13602 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13603 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13604 gcc_unreachable ();
13610 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13611 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13613 return mem_loc_result;
13616 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13617 This is typically a complex variable. */
13619 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13620 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13622 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13623 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13624 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13625 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13626 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13628 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13631 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13632 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13634 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13635 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13637 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13638 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13640 return cc_loc_result;
13643 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13646 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13647 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13650 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13651 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13653 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13655 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13656 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13658 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13662 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13663 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13666 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13667 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13669 return cc_loc_result;
13672 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13673 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13674 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13675 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13676 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13678 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13679 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13680 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13682 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13684 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13685 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13686 enum var_init_status initialized)
13688 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13690 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13693 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13694 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13695 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13696 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13697 contains the given subreg. */
13698 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13702 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13707 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13711 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13713 if (loc_result == NULL)
13714 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13715 if (loc_result == NULL)
13717 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13718 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13719 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13724 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13729 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13734 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13736 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), mode,
13741 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13746 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13747 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13748 enum machine_mode mode;
13751 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13752 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13753 VOIDmode, initialized);
13754 if (loc_result == NULL)
13756 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13757 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13758 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13760 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13762 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13763 VOIDmode, initialized);
13766 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13767 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13768 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13774 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13775 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13780 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13781 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13783 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13785 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13787 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13788 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13789 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13790 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13791 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13792 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13793 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13795 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13796 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13798 insert_float (rtl, array);
13799 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13800 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13801 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13802 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13806 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13807 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13808 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13809 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13810 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13816 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13817 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13819 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13821 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13822 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13823 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13827 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13828 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13830 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13831 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13833 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13834 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13836 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13844 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13845 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13849 gcc_unreachable ();
13852 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13853 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13856 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13857 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13859 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13860 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13865 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13866 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13871 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13872 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13874 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13875 insert_float (elt, p);
13880 gcc_unreachable ();
13883 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13884 length * elt_size, 0);
13885 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13886 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13887 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13888 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13893 if (mode == VOIDmode
13894 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13895 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13896 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13898 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13903 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13906 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13907 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13909 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13910 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13911 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13912 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13913 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13918 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13919 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13920 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13922 /* Value expression. */
13923 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13925 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13926 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13934 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13935 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13936 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13937 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13938 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13939 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13941 static const char *
13942 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13944 const char *secname;
13946 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13948 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13949 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13951 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13953 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13954 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13956 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13957 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13959 secname = text_section_label;
13964 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13967 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
13969 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
13970 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
13971 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
13974 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13977 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13978 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
13979 enum var_init_status initialized)
13981 int have_address = 0;
13982 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13983 enum machine_mode mode;
13985 if (want_address != 2)
13987 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
13989 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varloc, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13991 varloc = XEXP (XEXP (varloc, 1), 0);
13992 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
13993 if (MEM_P (varloc))
13995 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13996 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14001 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14003 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14007 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14014 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
14021 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14022 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14024 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14026 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14027 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14030 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14033 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14034 if (want_address && !have_address)
14036 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14037 "Want address and only have value");
14041 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14042 if (!want_address && have_address)
14044 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14045 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14047 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14049 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14050 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14053 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14056 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14058 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14064 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14065 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14068 static dw_loc_list_ref
14069 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14071 const char *endname, *secname;
14073 enum var_init_status initialized;
14074 struct var_loc_node *node;
14075 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14076 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14077 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14078 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14080 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14081 actually construct the list of locations.
14082 The first location information is what is passed to the
14083 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14084 locations just get added on to that list.
14085 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14086 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14087 the range [current location start, next location start].
14088 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14089 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14091 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14093 for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14094 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14096 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14097 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14098 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14099 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14100 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14103 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14105 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14109 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14110 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14111 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14113 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14114 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14115 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14118 if (!current_function_decl)
14119 endname = text_end_label;
14122 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14123 current_function_funcdef_no);
14124 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14127 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14128 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14132 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14133 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14134 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14135 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14136 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14138 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14144 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14145 as location description. */
14148 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14150 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14151 return !list->ll_symbol;
14154 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14157 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14159 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14160 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14161 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14164 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14165 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14166 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14167 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14169 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14170 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14171 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14174 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14178 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14179 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14180 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14181 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14183 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14184 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14185 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14186 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14190 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14199 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14201 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14204 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14206 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14210 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14211 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14212 " location lists.\n");
14217 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14218 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14220 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14221 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14223 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14224 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14225 enum machine_mode mode;
14227 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14232 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14234 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14235 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14237 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14239 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14240 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14243 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14244 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14245 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14248 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14249 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14250 into simple arithmetics. */
14252 static dw_loc_list_ref
14253 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14256 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14257 enum machine_mode mode;
14259 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14260 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14262 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14263 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14264 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14266 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14268 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14271 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14273 expansion_failed (obj,
14274 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14277 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14278 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14280 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14281 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14283 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14288 /* Variable offset. */
14289 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14290 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14292 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14295 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14296 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14298 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14300 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14301 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14303 else if (bytepos < 0)
14304 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14305 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14306 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14312 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14313 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14314 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14315 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14316 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14317 to refer to register values). */
14319 static dw_loc_list_ref
14320 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14322 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14323 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14324 int have_address = 0;
14325 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14327 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14328 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14331 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14334 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14337 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14338 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14339 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14340 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14341 the names of types. */
14342 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14346 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14347 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14350 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14351 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14352 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14353 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14354 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14355 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14359 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14360 e.g. for &this->field. */
14363 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14364 (loc, want_address == 2);
14367 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14368 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14371 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14372 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14373 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14377 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14383 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14386 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14387 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14388 bool dtprel = false;
14390 if (targetm.have_tls)
14392 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14394 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14397 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14398 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14400 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14402 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14404 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14408 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14409 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14411 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14412 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14413 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14416 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14417 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14422 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14423 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14426 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14427 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14428 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14429 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14431 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14432 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14440 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14441 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14446 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14449 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14451 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14453 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14454 have_address = want_address != 0;
14457 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14458 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14460 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14463 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14465 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14466 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14467 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14468 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14470 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14472 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14475 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14477 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14478 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14479 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14483 enum machine_mode mode;
14485 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14486 if (want_address == 2)
14488 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14489 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14494 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14497 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14500 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14503 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14504 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14510 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14511 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14512 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14516 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14517 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14520 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14523 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14525 case COMPONENT_REF:
14526 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14528 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14529 case REALPART_EXPR:
14530 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14533 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14534 enum machine_mode mode;
14536 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14538 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14539 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14541 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14543 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14545 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14546 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14547 for nonzero bitpos. */
14550 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14552 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14553 "bitfield access");
14557 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14559 /* Variable offset. */
14560 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14561 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14563 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14566 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14569 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14571 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14572 else if (bytepos < 0)
14573 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14580 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14581 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14583 else if (want_address == 2
14584 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14585 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14586 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14587 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14589 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14590 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14593 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14594 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14603 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14606 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14607 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14608 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14611 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14612 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14617 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14622 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14623 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14628 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14629 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14630 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14631 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14632 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14641 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14642 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14643 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14644 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14645 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14650 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14651 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14652 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14655 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14658 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14659 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14660 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14661 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14662 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14674 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14677 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14679 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14680 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14682 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14686 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14694 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14701 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14708 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14715 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14730 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14731 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14732 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14735 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14738 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14741 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14755 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14759 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14765 const enum tree_code code =
14766 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14768 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14769 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14770 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14771 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14774 /* ... fall through ... */
14778 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14779 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14780 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14781 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14782 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14784 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14785 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14788 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14789 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14791 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14792 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14793 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14795 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14796 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14797 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14799 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14800 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14801 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14802 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14803 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14807 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14811 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14812 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14813 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14814 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14816 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14817 "language specific tree node");
14821 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14822 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14823 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14824 gcc_unreachable ();
14826 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14827 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14832 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14835 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14836 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14838 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14840 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14841 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14845 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14847 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14848 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14851 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14852 if (want_address && !have_address)
14854 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14855 "Want address and only have value");
14859 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14861 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14862 if (!want_address && have_address)
14864 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14866 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14868 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14869 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14872 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14875 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14878 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14880 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14883 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14888 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14889 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14890 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14892 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14895 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14897 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14898 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14904 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14905 which is not less than the value itself. */
14907 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14908 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14910 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14913 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14914 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14915 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14916 ERROR_MARK node. */
14919 field_type (const_tree decl)
14923 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14924 return integer_type_node;
14926 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14927 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14928 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14933 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14934 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14935 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14937 static inline unsigned
14938 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14940 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14943 static inline unsigned
14944 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14946 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14949 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14951 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14952 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
14954 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14955 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14956 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14957 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14958 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
14964 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
14967 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14968 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14969 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14970 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14971 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14974 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14975 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
14977 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
14978 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
14980 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14983 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
14985 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14986 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14987 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14988 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
14991 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
14993 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14994 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
14997 tree field_size_tree;
14998 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
14999 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15000 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15001 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15002 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15004 type = field_type (decl);
15005 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15006 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15008 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15010 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15011 a flexible array member. */
15012 if (!field_size_tree)
15013 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15015 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15016 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15017 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15019 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15021 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15023 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15024 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15025 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15026 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15027 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15028 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15029 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15030 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15031 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15033 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15035 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15036 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15037 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15038 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15039 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15040 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15041 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15042 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15043 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15044 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15045 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15047 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15048 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15049 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15050 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15051 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15052 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15053 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15054 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15055 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15056 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15059 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15060 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15061 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15062 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15063 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15064 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15065 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15067 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15068 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15069 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15071 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15072 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15074 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15076 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15078 object_offset_in_bits
15079 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15081 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15083 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15085 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15086 object_offset_in_bits
15087 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15092 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15094 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15097 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15098 associated with them. */
15100 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15102 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15103 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15104 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15107 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15108 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15112 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15113 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15115 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15118 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15119 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15120 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15121 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15122 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15123 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15126 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15127 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15128 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15129 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15130 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15131 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15132 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15133 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15134 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15135 function below.) */
15138 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15140 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15141 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15143 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15145 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15146 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15148 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15149 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15150 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15151 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15153 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15155 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15157 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15159 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15160 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15161 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15163 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15164 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15165 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15167 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15168 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15169 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15171 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15172 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15173 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15174 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15176 /* Extract the offset. */
15177 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15178 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15180 /* Add it to the object address. */
15181 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15182 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15185 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15188 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15192 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15194 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15195 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15200 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15202 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15203 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15204 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15206 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15207 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15208 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15212 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15215 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15219 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15222 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15225 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15229 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15235 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15237 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15238 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15240 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15246 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15252 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15255 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15257 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15261 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15262 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15264 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15265 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15267 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15272 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15273 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15274 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15275 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15276 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15279 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15281 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15285 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15288 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15290 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15295 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15296 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15297 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15300 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15302 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15304 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15305 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15307 insert_float (rtl, array);
15308 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15311 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15312 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15318 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15319 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15320 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15321 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15325 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15327 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15328 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15330 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15331 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15333 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15341 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15342 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15346 gcc_unreachable ();
15349 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15350 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15353 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15354 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15356 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15357 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15362 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15363 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15368 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15369 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15371 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15372 insert_float (elt, p);
15377 gcc_unreachable ();
15380 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15385 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15387 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15388 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15390 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15391 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15392 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15393 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15394 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15395 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15401 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15402 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15405 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15408 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15413 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15414 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15415 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15416 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15417 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15418 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15419 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15420 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15421 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15422 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15423 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15431 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15432 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15433 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15435 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15441 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15442 gcc_unreachable ();
15447 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15448 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15451 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15452 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15454 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15455 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15457 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15458 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15460 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15461 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15462 be conservative. */
15463 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15464 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15466 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15468 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15472 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15473 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15475 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15476 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15477 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15478 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15479 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15482 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15488 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15489 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15492 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15494 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15496 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15497 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15498 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15500 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15501 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15502 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15504 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15506 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15507 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15508 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15509 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15510 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15512 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15513 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15514 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15515 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15518 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15520 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15522 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15523 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15524 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15526 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15527 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15528 reference variables which won't be output. */
15529 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15530 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15532 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15534 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15535 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15540 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15542 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15543 bool constant_p = true;
15545 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15547 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15548 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15549 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15550 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15551 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15553 constant_p = false;
15559 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15569 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15571 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15572 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15578 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15581 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15585 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15586 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15587 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15589 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15590 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15591 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15592 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15593 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15594 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15595 referenced within the function.
15597 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15598 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15599 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15600 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15602 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15603 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15604 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15605 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15606 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15607 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15609 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15610 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15611 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15612 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15613 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15614 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15615 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15616 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15617 output at debug-time.
15619 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15620 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15621 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15622 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15623 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15624 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15625 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15626 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15627 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15628 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15629 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15630 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15631 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15633 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15634 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15635 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15636 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15637 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15638 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15639 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15640 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15641 I'd like to fix it.
15643 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15644 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15645 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15646 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15647 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15648 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15649 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15650 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15651 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15652 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15653 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15655 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15656 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15658 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15659 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15660 fixed registers. */
15661 if (! reload_completed)
15664 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15666 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15668 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15669 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15671 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15676 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15678 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15680 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15681 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15682 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15683 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15685 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15686 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15687 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15688 if (dmode == pmode)
15689 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15690 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15691 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15692 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15694 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15697 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15699 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15700 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15701 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15702 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15709 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15710 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15711 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15712 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15713 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15714 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15716 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15717 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15718 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15719 /* Not passed in memory. */
15720 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15721 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15722 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15723 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15724 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15725 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15726 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15729 /* Big endian correction check. */
15730 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15731 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15732 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15735 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15736 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15738 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15739 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15742 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15745 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15746 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15748 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15749 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15751 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15752 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15753 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15754 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15755 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15756 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15758 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15759 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15762 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15763 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15764 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15765 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15766 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15769 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15771 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15772 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15773 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15775 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15777 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15778 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15780 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15781 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15782 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15783 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15784 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15785 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15786 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15788 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
15790 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15791 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15798 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15799 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15800 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15803 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15805 tree val_expr, cvar;
15806 enum machine_mode mode;
15807 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15809 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15811 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15812 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15813 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15814 be handled as such. */
15815 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15816 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15817 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15821 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15822 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15825 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15826 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15828 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15829 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15830 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15831 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15835 if (offset != NULL)
15837 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15839 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15842 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15847 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15848 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15849 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15850 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15851 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15852 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15853 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15854 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15855 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15856 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15859 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15860 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15863 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15864 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15866 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15869 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15870 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15872 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15875 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15876 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15877 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15880 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15881 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15882 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15883 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15886 && loc_list->first == loc_list->last
15887 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15888 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15890 struct var_loc_node *node;
15892 node = loc_list->first;
15893 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15894 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != PARALLEL)
15895 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15896 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15897 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15900 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15903 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15906 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15907 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15908 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15911 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15914 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15916 deferred_locations entry;
15917 entry.variable = variable;
15919 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15922 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15923 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15926 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15930 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15934 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15937 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15938 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15940 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15941 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15943 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15945 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15947 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15949 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15950 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15951 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15952 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15955 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15960 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15961 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15963 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15965 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
15966 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15967 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
15968 constructor_elt *ce;
15970 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
15971 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
15974 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
15975 if (fieldsize <= 0)
15978 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
15979 memset (array, '\0', size);
15981 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
15984 tree val = ce->value;
15985 tree index = ce->index;
15987 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15988 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
15991 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
15996 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15999 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16000 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16002 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16003 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16007 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16008 curpos += fieldsize;
16011 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16015 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16016 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16018 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16019 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16020 constructor_elt *ce;
16022 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16025 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16026 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16029 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16030 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16032 tree val = ce->value;
16033 int pos, fieldsize;
16035 if (ce->index != 0)
16041 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16044 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16045 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16046 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16048 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16049 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16051 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16052 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16053 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16055 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16061 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16062 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16063 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16065 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16069 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16070 attribute is the const value T. */
16073 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16076 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16079 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16083 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16085 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16087 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16088 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16089 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16090 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16092 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16093 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16095 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16097 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16099 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16107 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16108 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16109 variable with static storage duration
16110 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16113 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16117 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16118 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16121 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16122 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16123 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16128 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16129 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16132 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16135 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16136 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16137 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16138 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16141 static dw_loc_list_ref
16142 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16145 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16147 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16148 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16149 dw_cfa_location remember;
16151 fde = current_fde ();
16152 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16154 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16158 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16159 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16160 remember = next_cfa;
16162 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16164 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16165 advance opcodes. */
16166 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16167 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16169 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16170 last_label = start_label;
16172 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16173 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16175 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16176 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16177 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16178 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16179 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16181 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16182 start_label, last_label, section);
16184 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16185 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16186 start_label = last_label;
16188 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16191 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16192 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16193 gcc_unreachable ();
16196 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16200 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16202 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16203 start_label, last_label, section);
16204 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16205 start_label = last_label;
16208 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16209 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16211 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16217 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16218 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16219 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16220 before the latter is negated. */
16223 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16227 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16228 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16229 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16231 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16232 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16235 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16236 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16238 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16239 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16242 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16243 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16244 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16245 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16246 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16247 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16249 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16252 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16253 the value of the attribute. */
16256 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16258 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16260 if (demangle_name_func)
16261 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16263 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16267 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16270 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16272 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16278 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16282 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16283 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16285 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16286 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16290 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16293 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16294 a representation for that bound. */
16297 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16299 int want_address = 2;
16301 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16306 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16309 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16311 /* Use the default if possible. */
16312 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16313 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
16314 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound))))
16317 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16318 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16319 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16320 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16322 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16323 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16324 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16325 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16327 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16328 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16329 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16330 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16332 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16333 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16338 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16339 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16349 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16351 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16352 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16353 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16354 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16355 later parameter. */
16356 if (decl_die != NULL)
16358 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16367 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16368 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16370 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16371 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16373 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, want_address);
16377 if (single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16379 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list->expr);
16383 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16384 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16386 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16388 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16389 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16390 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16391 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16392 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16398 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16399 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16400 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16401 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16404 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16406 unsigned dimension_number;
16408 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16410 for (dimension_number = 0;
16411 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16412 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16414 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16416 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16419 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16420 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16422 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16425 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16426 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16427 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16429 /* Define the index type. */
16430 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16432 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16433 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16434 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16435 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16436 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16437 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16438 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16441 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16445 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16446 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16448 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16449 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16450 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16452 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16454 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16457 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16458 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16464 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16468 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16473 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16476 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16477 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16480 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16481 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16482 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16483 even for bit-fields. */
16484 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16487 gcc_unreachable ();
16490 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16491 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16492 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16493 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16494 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16497 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16498 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16499 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16502 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16503 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16504 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16505 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16506 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16507 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16509 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16510 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16511 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16514 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16516 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16517 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16518 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16519 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16520 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16521 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16523 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16524 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16526 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16527 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16528 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16529 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16530 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16533 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16535 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16536 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16537 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16538 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16539 below must take account of these differences. */
16540 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16541 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16543 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16545 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16546 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16550 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16551 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16552 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16554 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16557 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16558 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16561 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16563 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16564 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16565 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16567 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16568 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16571 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16572 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16575 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16577 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16578 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16579 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16582 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16583 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16586 static inline dw_die_ref
16587 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16589 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16591 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16593 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16594 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16595 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16597 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16598 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16602 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16604 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16606 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16609 if (DECL_P (origin))
16610 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16611 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16612 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16614 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16615 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16616 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16617 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16618 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16619 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16620 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16624 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16628 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16631 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16633 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16635 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16637 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16638 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16639 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16640 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16643 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16644 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16645 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16646 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16647 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16651 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16654 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16656 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16658 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16659 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16662 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16663 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16666 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16670 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16671 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16673 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16675 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16676 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16677 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16679 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16680 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16681 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16682 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16685 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16686 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16688 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16690 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16691 asm_name->die = die;
16692 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16693 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16694 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16696 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16697 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
16698 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16702 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16703 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16704 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16705 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16707 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16708 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16709 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16714 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16717 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16719 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16722 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16725 pop_decl_scope (void)
16727 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16730 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16731 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16732 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16733 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16734 the current active scope. */
16737 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16739 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16740 tree containing_scope;
16743 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16744 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16746 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16748 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16749 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16751 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16754 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16757 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16758 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16759 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16760 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16761 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16763 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16764 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16765 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16767 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16768 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16769 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16770 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16771 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16776 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16777 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16779 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16780 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16783 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16786 scope_die = context_die;
16791 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16794 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16796 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16797 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16798 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16804 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16807 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16809 return (context_die
16810 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16811 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16812 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16813 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16816 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16817 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16820 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16822 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16823 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16826 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16827 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16828 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16831 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16832 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16834 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16835 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16837 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16838 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16839 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16840 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16841 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16842 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16843 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16845 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16846 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16847 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16848 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16849 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16852 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16853 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16854 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16857 if (type_die != NULL)
16858 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16861 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16862 function call type. */
16864 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16866 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16868 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16869 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16871 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16872 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16873 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16874 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16875 time being, following existing custom. */
16877 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16878 value = DW_CC_program;
16880 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16881 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16882 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16883 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16886 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16887 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16888 was declared without a tag. */
16890 static const char *
16891 type_tag (const_tree type)
16893 const char *name = 0;
16895 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16899 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16900 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16901 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16903 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16904 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16906 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16907 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16909 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16910 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16911 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16912 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16913 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16914 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16917 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16918 if (!name && t != 0)
16919 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16922 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16925 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16926 for bit field types. */
16929 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16931 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16932 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16935 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16936 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16939 static const char *
16940 decl_start_label (tree decl)
16943 const char *fnname;
16945 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
16946 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
16949 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
16951 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
16956 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16957 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16958 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16961 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16963 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16964 dw_die_ref array_die;
16966 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16967 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16968 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16969 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16970 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16971 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16972 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16973 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16974 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16976 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
16979 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16980 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16981 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
16982 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16984 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
16986 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16988 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
16989 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16990 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16991 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
16993 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16994 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
16995 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
16996 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
16998 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
16999 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17001 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17002 if (loc && size > 0)
17004 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17005 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17006 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17012 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17013 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17014 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17015 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17018 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17019 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17020 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17023 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17024 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17025 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17027 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17029 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17030 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17031 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17032 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17035 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17037 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17038 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17039 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17040 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17043 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17044 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17045 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17046 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17047 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17048 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17049 for multidimensional arrays. */
17050 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17053 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17054 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17055 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17056 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17057 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17060 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17062 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17063 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17064 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17065 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17066 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17068 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17070 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17073 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17074 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17077 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17079 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17080 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17083 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17084 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17086 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17087 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17088 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17090 if (val == base_decl)
17091 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17093 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17096 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17098 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17100 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17101 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17104 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17107 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17110 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17111 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17113 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17115 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17117 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17118 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17121 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17124 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17130 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17133 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17136 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17137 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17159 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17160 tree val, tree base_decl)
17162 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17164 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17166 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17170 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17174 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17177 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17178 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17181 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17182 dw_die_ref context_die)
17184 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17185 dw_die_ref array_die;
17188 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17189 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17190 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17192 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17194 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17195 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17197 if (info->data_location)
17198 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17200 if (info->associated)
17201 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17203 if (info->allocated)
17204 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17207 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17209 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17210 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17212 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17214 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17215 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17216 && integer_zerop (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17218 else if (is_fortran ()
17219 && integer_onep (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17222 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17223 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17226 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17227 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17228 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17230 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17231 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17232 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17236 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17237 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17239 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17240 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17245 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17247 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17248 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17250 if (origin != NULL)
17251 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17254 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17255 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17256 0, 0, context_die);
17259 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17260 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17262 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17266 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17267 emit full debugging info for them. */
17270 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17274 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17275 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17276 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17277 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17280 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17282 static enum dwarf_tag
17283 record_type_tag (tree type)
17285 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17286 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17288 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17290 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17291 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17293 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17294 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17296 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17297 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17298 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17299 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17302 gcc_unreachable ();
17306 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17307 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17308 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17312 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17314 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17316 if (type_die == NULL)
17318 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17319 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17320 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17321 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17323 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17326 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17328 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17329 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17330 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17331 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17335 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17336 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17337 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17338 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17340 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17341 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17342 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17343 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17345 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17346 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17348 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17349 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17351 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17352 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17354 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17355 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17357 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17358 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17359 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17360 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17361 values as if they were signed. That means that
17362 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17363 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17364 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17365 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17369 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17371 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17372 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17377 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17378 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17381 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17382 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17383 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17384 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17385 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17386 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17387 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17388 argument type of some subprogram type.
17389 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17393 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17394 dw_die_ref context_die)
17396 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17397 tree ultimate_origin;
17398 dw_die_ref parm_die
17399 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17401 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17403 case tcc_declaration:
17404 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17405 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17406 origin = ultimate_origin;
17407 if (origin != NULL)
17408 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17411 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17413 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17414 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17415 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17418 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17419 TREE_READONLY (node),
17420 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17422 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17423 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17426 if (node && node != origin)
17427 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17428 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17429 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17435 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17436 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17440 gcc_unreachable ();
17446 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17447 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17450 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17451 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17452 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17453 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17454 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17455 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17458 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17460 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17464 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17466 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17467 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17470 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17471 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17473 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17475 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17478 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17479 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17484 return parm_pack_die;
17487 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17488 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17491 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17493 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17496 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17497 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17498 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17499 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17502 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17505 tree formal_type = NULL;
17506 tree first_parm_type;
17509 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17511 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17512 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17517 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17519 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17520 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17521 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17523 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17525 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17526 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17529 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17530 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17531 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17533 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17534 && link == first_parm_type)
17535 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17536 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17538 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17540 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17543 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17544 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17545 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17546 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17548 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17549 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17550 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17551 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17552 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17553 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17556 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17557 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17558 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17559 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17560 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17563 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17565 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17567 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17568 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17569 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17570 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17571 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17573 dw_die_ref type_die;
17574 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17576 push_decl_scope (type);
17577 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17578 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17579 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17580 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17582 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17583 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17584 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17585 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17586 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17588 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17589 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17593 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17599 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17600 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17603 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17605 dw_die_ref old_die;
17609 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17611 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17612 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17614 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17615 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17616 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17619 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17620 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17621 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17622 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17623 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17625 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17626 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17627 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17629 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17631 gen_type_die_for_member
17632 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17635 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17636 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17637 current_function_decl = decl;
17638 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17640 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17641 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17642 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17643 if (! was_abstract)
17644 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17646 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17647 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17651 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17654 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17655 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17658 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17663 type = (tree) *slot;
17664 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17666 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17670 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17671 through htab_traverse.
17673 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17674 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17675 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17678 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17679 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17681 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17684 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17685 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17686 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17687 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17690 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17691 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17692 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17695 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17696 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17697 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17698 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17704 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17707 premark_used_types (void)
17709 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17710 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17713 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17716 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17718 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17719 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17720 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17723 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17727 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17729 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17730 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17731 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17734 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17735 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17736 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17738 premark_used_types ();
17740 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17741 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17742 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17743 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17744 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17746 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17747 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17750 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17753 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17754 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17755 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17756 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17757 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17758 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17759 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17761 if (origin != NULL)
17763 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17765 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17766 inline function. */
17767 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17768 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17770 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17771 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17775 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17776 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17778 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17779 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17780 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17781 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17782 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17784 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17785 something we have already output. */
17789 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17790 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17791 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17792 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17793 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17794 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17795 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17796 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17797 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17798 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17799 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17800 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17802 subr_die = old_die;
17804 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17805 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17806 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17807 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17808 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17809 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17810 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17814 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17815 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17816 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17817 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17818 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17819 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17824 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17826 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17827 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17829 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17830 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17832 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17833 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17834 0, 0, context_die);
17837 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17838 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17839 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17841 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17842 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17843 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17844 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17849 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17851 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17853 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17854 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17855 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17856 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17857 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17859 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17860 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17861 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17862 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17864 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17865 later reused to represent definition. */
17866 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17869 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17871 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17873 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17874 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17876 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17880 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17881 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17883 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17886 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17887 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17888 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17890 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17892 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17894 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17896 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17897 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17899 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17901 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17902 current_function_funcdef_no);
17903 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17904 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17905 current_function_funcdef_no);
17906 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17908 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17909 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17912 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17913 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17914 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17916 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17917 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17918 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17919 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17921 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17922 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17923 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17927 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17928 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17929 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
17932 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17934 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17935 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17936 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17937 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17938 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17939 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17940 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17942 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
17944 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
17945 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
17949 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
17950 if (list->dw_loc_next)
17951 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
17953 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
17956 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17957 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17958 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17959 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17960 by this displacement. */
17961 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
17963 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
17964 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
17965 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
17968 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17969 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17970 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
17972 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17973 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17974 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17975 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17976 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17977 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17978 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17979 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17980 an ellipsis at the end. */
17982 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17983 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17984 its formal parameters. */
17985 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17987 else if (declaration)
17988 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
17991 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17992 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
17993 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
17994 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
17995 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
17998 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17999 emit their relevant DIEs.
18001 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18002 as well as it being a normal function.
18004 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18005 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18006 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18007 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18008 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18009 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18010 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18011 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18012 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18015 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18016 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18018 if (generic_decl_parm
18019 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18020 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18025 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18026 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18029 if (generic_decl_parm)
18030 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18033 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18034 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18035 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18036 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18037 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18038 parameters at all. */
18039 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18040 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18042 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18043 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18044 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18046 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18047 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18050 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18051 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18052 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18054 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18055 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18056 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18057 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18058 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18059 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18060 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18062 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18063 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18064 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18065 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18066 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18067 constructor function. */
18068 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18070 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18071 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18072 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18074 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18075 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18077 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18078 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18080 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18081 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18083 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18084 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18089 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18090 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18094 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18097 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18099 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18100 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18103 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18104 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18107 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18109 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18110 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18111 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18114 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18115 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18118 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18122 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18123 tree ultimate_origin;
18124 dw_die_ref var_die;
18125 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18126 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18127 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18128 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18130 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18131 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18132 origin = ultimate_origin;
18133 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18135 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18136 of a data member. */
18139 dw_die_ref com_die;
18140 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18141 die_node com_die_arg;
18143 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18146 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18148 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18153 /* Optimize the common case. */
18154 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18155 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18156 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18157 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18159 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18160 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18162 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18164 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18165 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18171 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18172 common_block_die_table
18173 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18174 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18176 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18177 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18178 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18179 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18180 if (com_die == NULL)
18183 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18186 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18187 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18190 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18191 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18192 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18193 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18195 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18196 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18197 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18198 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18199 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18200 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18202 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18204 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18205 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18206 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18208 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18209 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18210 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18211 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18212 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18217 /* Optimize the common case. */
18218 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18219 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18220 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18221 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18222 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18223 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18225 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18227 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18229 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18230 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18231 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18235 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18236 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18237 DIE for it again. */
18242 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18243 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18244 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18245 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18246 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18248 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18251 if (origin != NULL)
18252 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18254 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18255 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18257 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18258 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18261 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18263 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18264 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18265 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18267 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18268 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18270 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18271 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18272 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18274 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18275 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18277 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18278 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18280 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18281 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18286 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18288 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18289 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18290 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18292 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18293 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18295 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18296 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18298 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18299 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18301 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18302 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18303 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18304 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18308 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18310 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18311 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18314 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18315 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18316 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18318 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18319 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18320 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18321 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18322 to add it again. */
18323 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18325 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18326 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18327 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18329 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18332 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18335 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18338 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18341 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18343 dw_die_ref const_die;
18344 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18346 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18347 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18348 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18349 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18350 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18351 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18352 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18353 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18356 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18359 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18361 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18362 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18364 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18366 if (origin != NULL)
18367 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18369 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18371 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18372 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18375 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18377 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18378 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18379 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18383 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18385 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18386 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18387 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18388 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18389 it if it ever does happen. */
18390 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18392 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18393 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18398 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18399 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18400 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18403 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18405 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18407 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18409 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18410 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18415 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18416 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18419 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18421 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18423 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18424 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18428 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18430 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18431 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18432 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18435 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18437 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18440 add_ranges (chain);
18441 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18448 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18449 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18450 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18451 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18452 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18453 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18457 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18460 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18462 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18464 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18465 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18467 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18470 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18473 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18477 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18479 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18481 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18483 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18484 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18485 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18486 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18487 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18489 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18491 dw_die_ref subr_die
18492 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18494 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18495 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18496 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18497 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18499 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18500 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18504 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18507 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18509 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18511 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18514 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18515 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18516 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18517 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18520 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18522 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18523 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18524 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18527 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18528 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18530 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18531 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18533 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18534 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18535 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18536 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18538 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18539 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18543 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18544 Use modified_type_die instead.
18545 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18546 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18549 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18552 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18554 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18555 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18556 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18559 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18560 Use modified_type_die instead.
18561 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18562 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18565 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18568 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18570 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18571 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18572 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18576 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18579 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18582 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18583 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18585 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18586 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18587 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18588 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18591 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18594 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18597 char producer[250];
18598 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18601 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18605 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18606 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18607 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18608 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18611 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18613 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18614 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18615 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18616 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18617 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18618 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18619 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18620 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18621 strcat (producer, " -g");
18624 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18626 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18627 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18628 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18629 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18630 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18631 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18632 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18633 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18635 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18636 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18637 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18638 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18639 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18640 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18641 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18642 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18643 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18644 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18647 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18651 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18654 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18656 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18658 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18659 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18661 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18662 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18664 if (access == access_public_node)
18665 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18666 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18667 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18670 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18673 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18676 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18679 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18680 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18681 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18682 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18683 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18684 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18685 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18686 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18687 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18688 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18689 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18691 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18694 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18698 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18699 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18700 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18701 : access_public_node), context_die);
18704 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18705 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18707 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18708 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18709 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18710 do put them in the right order. */
18712 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18714 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18716 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18719 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18720 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18722 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18723 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18726 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18728 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18730 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18734 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18735 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18736 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18739 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18740 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18742 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18743 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18745 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18746 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18747 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18748 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18749 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18751 if (type_die && ! complete)
18754 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18755 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18756 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18759 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18761 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18762 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18764 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18766 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18767 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18769 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18771 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18773 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18776 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18778 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18779 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18780 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18781 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18783 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18784 then give a list of members. */
18785 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18787 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18788 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18789 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18790 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18791 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18792 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18794 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18795 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18796 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18797 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18799 push_decl_scope (type);
18800 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18803 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18804 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18806 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18808 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18809 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18810 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18815 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18817 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18818 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18819 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18820 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18823 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18824 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18827 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18830 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18832 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18833 dw_die_ref subr_die
18834 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18835 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18837 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18838 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18839 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18840 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18842 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18843 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18846 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18849 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18851 dw_die_ref type_die;
18854 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18857 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18858 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18859 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18860 if (origin != NULL)
18861 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18866 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18867 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18869 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18871 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18872 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18875 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18877 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18878 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18881 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18882 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18884 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18885 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18888 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18891 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18892 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18895 struct array_descr_info info;
18897 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18900 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18901 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18902 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18903 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18905 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18908 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18909 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18911 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18912 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18913 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18914 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18915 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18917 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18918 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18922 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18923 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18924 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18925 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18926 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18928 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18929 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18933 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18934 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18935 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18936 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18937 cloned type itself). */
18938 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18939 type = type_main_variant (type);
18941 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18944 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
18950 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
18951 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18952 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18953 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18954 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18956 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18958 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18959 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18960 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18961 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18965 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18966 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18967 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
18968 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18970 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18971 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18972 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18974 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18976 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
18979 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
18980 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18981 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18982 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18983 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18987 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18988 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18989 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18990 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18994 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18998 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19001 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19004 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19005 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19006 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19007 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19008 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19009 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19010 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19011 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19012 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19013 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19015 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19017 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19020 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19021 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19022 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19025 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19026 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19028 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19029 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19030 decls_for_scope. */
19031 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19036 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19040 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19042 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19043 declare_in_namespace. */
19044 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19045 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19048 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19053 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19054 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19055 when appropriate. */
19061 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19064 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19068 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19072 gcc_unreachable ();
19075 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19079 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19081 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19084 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19085 things which are local to the given block. */
19088 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19090 int must_output_die = 0;
19093 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19094 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19097 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19099 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19100 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19101 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19102 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19106 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19107 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19112 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19115 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19116 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19117 must_output_die = 1;
19120 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19121 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19122 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19123 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19124 as being a "significant" one. */
19125 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19126 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19127 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19128 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19129 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19130 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19131 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19132 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19133 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19134 must_output_die = 1;
19137 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19138 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19139 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19140 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19141 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19142 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19143 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19144 if (must_output_die)
19148 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19149 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19150 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19151 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19152 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19153 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19154 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19155 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19157 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19158 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19159 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19160 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19161 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19162 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19165 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19168 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19171 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19172 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19174 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19177 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19179 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19180 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19181 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19182 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19183 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19187 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19188 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19189 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19190 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19191 stmt, context_die);
19193 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19196 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19197 all of its sub-blocks. */
19200 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19206 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19207 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19210 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19211 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19212 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19213 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19214 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19215 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19216 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19217 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19220 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19221 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19224 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19225 therein) of this block. */
19226 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19228 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19229 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19232 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19235 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19237 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19240 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19241 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19242 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19243 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19244 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19245 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19251 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19253 static inline dw_die_ref
19254 get_context_die (tree context)
19258 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19259 if (TYPE_P (context))
19260 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19262 return force_decl_die (context);
19264 return comp_unit_die;
19267 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19270 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19272 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19273 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19274 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19275 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19278 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19280 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19284 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19286 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19287 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19288 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19289 declaration die. */
19290 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19291 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19292 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19293 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19297 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19298 gen_decl_die() call. */
19299 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19300 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19301 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19302 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19305 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19306 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19307 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19309 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19310 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19314 gcc_unreachable ();
19317 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19319 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19320 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19326 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19327 always returned. */
19330 force_type_die (tree type)
19332 dw_die_ref type_die;
19334 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19337 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19339 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19340 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19341 gcc_assert (type_die);
19346 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19347 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19350 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19352 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19353 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19354 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19355 /* Force out the namespace. */
19356 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19358 return context_die;
19361 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19362 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19364 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19365 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19368 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19370 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19372 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19373 return context_die;
19375 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19376 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19377 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19378 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19379 return context_die;
19381 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19383 if (ns_context != context_die)
19387 if (DECL_P (thing))
19388 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19390 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19392 return context_die;
19395 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19398 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19400 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19402 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19403 they are an alias of. */
19404 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19406 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19407 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19408 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19409 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19410 context_die, decl);
19411 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19412 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19414 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19416 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19419 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19420 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19421 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19422 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19426 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19428 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19429 dw_die_ref origin_die
19430 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19432 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19433 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19434 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19435 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19436 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19437 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19438 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19439 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19443 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19446 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19448 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19449 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19451 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19454 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19460 if (!is_fortran ())
19462 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19463 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19467 /* Emit its type. */
19468 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19470 /* And its containing namespace. */
19471 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19473 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19476 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19477 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19478 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19479 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19480 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19481 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19482 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19487 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19488 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19489 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19490 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19493 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19494 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19495 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19496 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19497 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19499 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19500 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19501 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19502 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19503 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19504 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19505 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19506 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19507 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19509 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19510 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19513 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19514 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19516 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19517 have described its return type. */
19518 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19520 /* And its virtual context. */
19521 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19522 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19524 /* And its containing type. */
19526 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19527 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19528 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19530 /* And its containing namespace. */
19531 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19534 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19536 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19540 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19541 actual typedefs. */
19542 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19545 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19546 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19547 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19548 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19549 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19550 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19551 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19552 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19553 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19555 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19558 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19559 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19561 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19562 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19566 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19567 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19572 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19573 variable declarations or definitions. */
19574 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19577 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19579 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19580 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19582 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19584 /* And its containing type. */
19585 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19586 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19587 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19589 /* And its containing namespace. */
19590 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19592 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19593 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19594 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19596 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19597 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19598 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19599 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19600 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19603 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19607 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19608 anonymous unions and structs. */
19609 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19610 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19611 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19613 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19614 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19619 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19620 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19622 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19623 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19624 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19628 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19629 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19630 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19631 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19635 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19636 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19641 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19642 compilation proper has finished. */
19645 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19647 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19648 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19649 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19650 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19651 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19652 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19655 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19656 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19658 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19661 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19664 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19665 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19666 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19667 that DECL belongs to.
19668 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19670 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19672 tree lexical_block,
19673 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19675 expanded_location xloc;
19676 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19677 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19679 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19681 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19682 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19686 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19688 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19690 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19691 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19693 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19694 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19695 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19696 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19697 if (!at_import_die)
19699 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19700 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19701 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19702 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19707 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19708 if (!at_import_die)
19710 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19711 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19712 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19714 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19716 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19717 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19718 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19719 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19721 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19722 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19724 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19728 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19730 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19731 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19738 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19742 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19743 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19745 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19746 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19747 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19750 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19751 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19752 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19753 importing whole module. */
19756 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19759 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19760 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19762 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19767 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19768 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19771 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19772 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19774 && TYPE_P (context)
19775 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19778 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19781 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19785 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19786 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19787 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19788 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19791 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19792 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19796 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19799 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19801 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19803 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19808 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19809 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19810 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19811 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19812 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19813 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19814 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19815 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19816 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19817 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19818 with the definition of the function.
19820 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19821 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19822 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19823 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19824 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19825 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19826 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19827 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19828 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19829 that they *are* definitions).
19831 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19832 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19833 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19834 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19835 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19836 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19839 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19840 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19841 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19842 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19843 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19844 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19845 context_die = NULL;
19849 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19850 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19851 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19852 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19853 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19854 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19855 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19856 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19857 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19860 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19861 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19862 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19864 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19865 variable declarations or definitions. */
19866 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19871 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19873 if (!is_fortran ())
19875 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19876 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19879 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19880 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19881 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19883 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19888 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19889 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19892 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19893 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19894 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19896 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19897 comparisons have. */
19899 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19900 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19901 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19906 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19907 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19910 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19911 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19912 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19913 context_die = NULL;
19921 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19924 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19925 a lexical block. */
19928 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19929 unsigned int blocknum)
19931 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19932 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
19935 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19939 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
19941 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19942 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
19945 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19946 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19948 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19949 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19950 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19953 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
19958 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19959 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19960 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19962 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
19964 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
19965 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19966 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19973 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19976 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
19978 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
19979 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
19980 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
19981 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
19985 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
19987 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
19988 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
19991 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
19992 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
19993 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
19994 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
19995 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
19996 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
19997 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
19998 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
19999 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20002 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20003 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20006 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20008 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20009 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20010 if (file_table_last_lookup
20011 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20012 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20013 return file_table_last_lookup;
20015 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20016 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20017 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20019 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20021 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20022 created->filename = file_name;
20023 created->emitted_number = 0;
20028 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20029 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20030 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20031 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20032 types, which may include filenames. */
20035 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20037 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20039 if (last_emitted_file)
20040 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20042 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20043 last_emitted_file = fd;
20045 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20047 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20048 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20049 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20050 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20054 return fd->emitted_number;
20057 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20058 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20059 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20062 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20064 die_arg_entry entry;
20069 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20070 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20071 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20075 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20076 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20080 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20081 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20082 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20085 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20087 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20093 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20095 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20100 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20103 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20109 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20113 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20117 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20120 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20122 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20123 /* replace the string. */
20124 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20128 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20131 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20132 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20133 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20136 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20139 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20141 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20145 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20146 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20147 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20148 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20150 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20151 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20154 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20157 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20159 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20162 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20163 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20166 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20168 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20169 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20172 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20175 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20177 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20178 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20181 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20182 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20183 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20184 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20185 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20189 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20191 static unsigned int
20192 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20194 struct vcall_insn item;
20195 struct vcall_insn *p;
20197 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20198 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20199 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20201 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20203 return (unsigned int) -1;
20204 return p->vtable_slot;
20208 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20209 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20210 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20214 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20216 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20218 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20219 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20220 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20224 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20225 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20229 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20231 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20233 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20234 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20237 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20238 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20239 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20240 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20241 lowering to RTL. */
20244 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20246 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20249 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20252 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20253 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20254 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20256 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20257 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20260 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20261 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20262 our lookup table. */
20265 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20267 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20268 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20270 static const char *last_label;
20271 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20272 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20275 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20278 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20279 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20280 don't do anything. */
20281 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20284 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20285 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note);
20286 if (newloc == NULL)
20289 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20290 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20291 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20292 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20293 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20295 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20296 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20298 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20299 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20301 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20302 newloc->next = NULL;
20304 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20305 newloc->label = last_label;
20308 if (!last_postcall_label)
20310 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20311 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20313 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20316 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
20317 newloc->section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
20319 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
20321 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20322 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20325 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20326 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20327 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20328 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20331 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20333 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20335 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20336 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20338 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20341 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20342 and record information relating to this source line, in
20343 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20346 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20347 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20349 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20351 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20354 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20356 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20358 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20359 if (flag_debug_asm)
20360 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20363 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20365 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20366 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20367 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20369 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20370 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20372 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20373 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20374 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20376 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20377 line_info_table_in_use++;
20379 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20381 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20382 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20383 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20384 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20386 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20387 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20388 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20390 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20391 separate_line_info_table
20392 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20393 separate_line_info_table,
20394 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20395 memset (separate_line_info_table
20396 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20398 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20399 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20402 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20404 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20405 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20406 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20407 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20411 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20413 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20414 line_info_table_in_use);
20416 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20417 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20419 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20421 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20422 line_info_table_allocated);
20423 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20424 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20427 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20428 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20429 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20430 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20435 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20438 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20440 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20442 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20443 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20445 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20446 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20449 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20451 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20453 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20454 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20455 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20462 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20465 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20467 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20468 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20469 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20471 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20473 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20474 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20478 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20479 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20480 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20483 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20484 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20486 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20488 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20489 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20490 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20491 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20495 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20496 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20497 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20500 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20501 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20503 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20505 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20507 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20508 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20512 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20515 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20517 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20518 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20519 file_table_eq, NULL);
20521 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20522 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20523 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20525 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20526 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20527 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20529 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20530 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20532 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20533 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20534 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20535 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20536 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20538 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20539 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20540 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20542 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20543 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20545 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20546 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20547 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20549 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20550 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20551 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20553 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20554 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20555 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20556 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20557 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20558 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20559 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20561 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20563 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20565 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20566 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20567 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20568 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20569 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20570 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20571 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20572 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20573 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20574 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20575 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20576 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20577 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20578 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20579 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20580 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20581 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20582 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20583 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20584 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20585 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20586 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20587 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20588 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20589 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20590 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20592 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20593 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20594 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20595 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20597 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20600 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20601 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20602 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20603 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20604 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20605 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20606 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20608 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20609 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20610 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20611 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20613 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20615 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20616 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20617 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20618 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20621 switch_to_section (text_section);
20622 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20623 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20625 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20626 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20627 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20632 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20633 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20636 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20638 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20640 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20641 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20643 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20647 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20648 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20651 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20653 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20655 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20657 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20658 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20659 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20665 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20666 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20669 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20673 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20674 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20676 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20678 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20679 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20682 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20688 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20691 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20692 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20695 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20700 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20702 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20704 /* A reference to another DIE.
20705 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20706 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20707 if (dwarf_version < 4
20708 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20709 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20710 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20712 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20713 accounts properly for it. */
20714 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20715 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20720 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20721 to DIE's children. */
20724 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20728 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20730 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20733 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20734 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20735 if (die->die_parent)
20736 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20738 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20739 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20741 /* If this node is a specification,
20742 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20743 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20744 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20747 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20749 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20750 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20753 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20754 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20755 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20756 for all type definitions. */
20757 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20758 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20759 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20760 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20762 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20766 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20767 and if so, mark them. */
20770 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20774 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20777 switch (die->die_tag)
20779 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20780 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20781 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20784 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20785 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20786 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20787 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20794 /* Mark children. */
20795 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20798 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20801 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20805 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20806 children have been marked as well. */
20807 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20810 switch (die->die_tag)
20812 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20813 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20814 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20815 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20818 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20819 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20822 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20823 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20824 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20825 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20826 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20828 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20830 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20833 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20834 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20835 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20836 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20837 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20838 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20839 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20840 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20841 case DW_TAG_friend:
20842 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20843 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20844 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20845 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20846 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20847 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20848 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20849 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20850 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20853 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20857 /* Mark everything else. */
20861 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20865 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20866 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20871 /* Mark children. */
20872 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20875 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20879 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20884 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20885 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20887 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20889 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20890 twice in the hash table. */
20892 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20895 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20896 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20898 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20904 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20907 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
20911 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
20912 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
20914 if (! die->die_child)
20917 c = die->die_child;
20919 dw_die_ref prev = c;
20920 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
20921 if (c == die->die_child)
20923 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20925 /* No marked children at all. */
20926 die->die_child = NULL;
20929 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
20930 die->die_child = prev;
20935 if (c != prev->die_sib)
20937 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
20938 } while (c != die->die_child);
20941 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20942 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20943 decided to emit. */
20946 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20948 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20950 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
20951 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
20956 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
20959 prune_unused_types (void)
20962 limbo_die_node *node;
20963 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
20965 dcall_entry *dcall;
20967 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20968 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
20969 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
20970 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20971 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
20972 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20973 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
20974 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20976 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
20977 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
20979 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
20980 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
20981 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20982 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
20983 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20985 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
20986 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
20989 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
20990 pubname_table or arange_table. */
20991 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
20992 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
20993 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
20994 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
20996 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
20997 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
20998 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21000 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21001 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21002 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21003 else if (debug_str_hash)
21004 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21005 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21006 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21007 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21008 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21009 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21011 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21012 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21013 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21014 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21015 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21016 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21019 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21022 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21024 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21025 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21026 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21034 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21037 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21040 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21042 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21047 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21049 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21050 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21052 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21053 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21056 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21057 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21058 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21059 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21060 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21061 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21064 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21066 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21067 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21069 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
21073 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21075 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21079 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21081 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21082 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21086 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21087 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21088 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21091 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21095 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21097 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21098 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21099 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21101 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21102 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21103 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21105 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21106 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21111 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21112 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21113 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21114 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21117 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21118 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21124 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21125 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21126 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21129 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21131 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21132 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21133 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21134 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21135 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21136 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21141 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21142 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21143 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21144 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21145 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21146 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21149 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21153 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21156 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21157 switch (AT_class (a))
21159 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21160 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21163 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21165 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21166 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21168 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21169 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21174 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21176 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21178 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21182 case dw_val_class_loc:
21183 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21185 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21189 case dw_val_class_addr:
21190 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21191 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21193 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21201 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21204 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21205 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21208 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21210 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21211 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21212 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21213 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21216 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21218 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21219 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21220 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21221 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21222 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21223 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21226 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21228 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21231 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21233 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21234 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21235 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21239 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21240 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21241 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21242 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21244 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21246 next_node = node->next;
21249 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21251 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21254 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21255 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21257 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21258 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21259 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21262 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21263 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21264 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21265 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21266 this to be a child of the containing function.
21268 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21269 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21270 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21271 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21272 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21274 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21276 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21277 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21278 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21279 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21281 gcc_assert (context
21282 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21283 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21285 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21287 add_child_die (origin, die);
21289 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21294 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21296 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21298 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21300 tree decl = node->created_for;
21301 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21303 add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
21304 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21305 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21309 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21311 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21312 emit full debugging info for them. */
21313 retry_incomplete_types ();
21315 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21316 prune_unused_types ();
21318 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21319 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21320 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21321 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21323 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21324 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21326 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21328 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21329 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21331 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21333 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21334 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21335 references to the main compile unit). */
21336 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21337 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21338 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21340 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21341 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21342 referenced. Prune them. */
21343 prune_unused_types ();
21346 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21347 that have children. */
21348 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21349 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21350 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21351 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21352 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21354 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21355 switch_to_section (text_section);
21356 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21357 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21359 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21360 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21363 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21365 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21366 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21368 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21369 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21374 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21375 bool range_list_added = false;
21377 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21378 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21379 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21380 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21381 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21382 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21383 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21385 if (text_section_used)
21386 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21387 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21388 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21389 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21390 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21392 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21394 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21396 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21398 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21399 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21400 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21401 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21402 &range_list_added);
21403 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21404 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21405 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21406 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21407 &range_list_added);
21409 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21410 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21411 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21414 if (range_list_added)
21418 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21419 if (have_location_lists)
21421 /* Output the location lists info. */
21422 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21423 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21424 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21425 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21426 output_location_lists (die);
21429 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21430 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21431 debug_line_section_label);
21433 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21434 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21436 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21437 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21438 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21439 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21441 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21442 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21444 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21446 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21447 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21450 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21451 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21453 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21454 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21455 debug_line_section_label);
21457 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21460 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21462 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21463 has been emitted. */
21464 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21466 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21467 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21468 output_abbrev_section ();
21470 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21471 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21473 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21474 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21477 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21478 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21479 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21480 simply won't look for the section. */
21481 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21483 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21484 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21487 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21488 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21490 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21491 output_dcall_table ();
21493 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21495 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21496 output_vcall_table ();
21499 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21500 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21501 if (fde_table_in_use)
21503 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21507 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21508 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21510 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21511 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21515 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21516 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21517 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21518 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21519 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21520 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21521 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21523 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21524 output_line_info ();
21527 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21528 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21530 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21534 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21536 if (debug_str_hash)
21537 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21541 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21542 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21546 0, /* assembly_start */
21549 0, /* start_source_file */
21550 0, /* end_source_file */
21551 0, /* begin_block */
21553 0, /* ignore_block */
21554 0, /* source_line */
21555 0, /* begin_prologue */
21556 0, /* end_prologue */
21557 0, /* end_epilogue */
21558 0, /* begin_function */
21559 0, /* end_function */
21560 0, /* function_decl */
21561 0, /* global_decl */
21563 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21564 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21565 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21567 0, /* handle_pch */
21568 0, /* var_location */
21569 0, /* switch_text_section */
21570 0, /* direct_call */
21571 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21572 0, /* copy_call_info */
21573 0, /* virtual_call */
21575 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21578 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21580 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"